Home

Sepam Series 20 40 80 Network Protection

1. Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127 VDC 220 V DC AC 100 to 47 5 to 240 V AC 63 Hz Continuous current 8A 8A 8A 8A Breaking capacity Resistive 8 4A 0 7 A 0 3 A 8A load Load 6 2A 0 5 A 0 2 A L R lt 20 ms Load 4 1A 0 2 A 0 1 A L R lt 40 ms Load 5A cos g gt 0 3 Making capacity lt 15 A for 200 ms Voltage DC 24 48V DC 127 VDC 220 VDC AC 100 to 47 5 to 240 VAC 63 Hz Continuous current 2A 2A 2A 2A Breaking capacity Load 2 1A 0 5 A 0 15 A L R lt 20 ms Load 1A cos gt 0 3 Making capacity lt 15 A for 200 ms ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Logic input output MES114 MES114E MES114F modules 14 input 6 output module Installation Description M and K 3 removable lockable screw type connectors connectors for 4 relay outputs m O11 1 control relay output m O12 to O14 3 indication relay outputs Vi connectors for 4 independent logic inputs 111 to 114 K connectors for 6 logic inputs m 121 1 independent logic input m 122 to 126 5 common point logic inputs DE51684 1 25 pin sub D connector to connect the module to the base unit 2 voltage selector switche for MES114E and MES114F module inputs to be set to o VDC for 10 DC voltage inputs default setting D VAC for 10 AC voltage inputs 3 label to be filled in to indicate the chosen parameter settin
2. LT T I II N 1 molol 0O 20 O rolon A PO Pp TILT TI II 6 RTDs The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard O options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 According to parameter setting and optional input output modules 3 With optional MET 148 2 temperature input modules 4 With optional MCS025 synchro check module ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Generator applications applications m internal generator fault protection m network fault protection m driving machine fault protection m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 38 49T m voltage and frequency monitoring Protection of a separate generator Sepam G40 Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m 50G 51G m 50G 51G SON DE51750 DE51751 38 49T G40 Protection of a generator coupled to other generators or to a network Sepam G82 Short circuit detection on generator side 67 Control fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m 50G 51G m 100 stator earth fault m 64REF and 50G 51G 59N 64G m 50N 51N DE51752 DE51753 DE51754 38 38 49T
3. Current transformer Input impedance lt 0 001 Q 1 A or 5 A CT with CCA630 Consumption lt 0 001 VA at 1 A 1 A to 6250 A ratings lt 0 025 VA at 5 A Rated thermal withstand 4 In 1 second overload 100 In Voltage transformer Input impedance gt 100 kQ 220 V to 250 kV ratings Input voltage 100 to 230 13 V Rated thermal withstand 240V 1 second overload 480 V Temperature sensor input MET148 2 MOdUle gt Type of sensor Pt 100 Ni 100 120 Isolation from earth None None Current injected in sensor 4 mA 4mA Maximum distance between sensor and module 1 km Voltage 24t0250V DC 110t0125VDC 110VAC 220 to 250 VDC 220 to 240 V AC Range 19 2to275VDC 88to150VDC 88to132VAC 176to275VDC 176t0264VAC Frequency 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz Typical consumption 3mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 MA Typical switching threshold 14V DC 82 V DC 58 V AC 154 V DC 120 V AC Input limit voltage At state 1 219VDC 2 88 V DC gt 88 V AC gt 176 V DC gt 176 V AC At state O lt 6 VDC lt 75 V DC lt 22V AC lt 137 V DC lt 48 V AC Control relay outputs 01 02 011 contacts 2 Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127 V DC 220 V DC AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 8A 8A 8A 8A Breaking capacity Resistive load 8 4A 0 7 A 0 3A L R load lt 20 ms 6 2A 0 5 A 0 2 A L R load lt 40 ms 4 1A 0 2 A 0 1 A Resistive load 8A p f load gt 0 3 5A Making capacity
4. O This connection should be used to measure m three phase to neutral voltages V1 V2 V3 on busbars no 1 m one additional phase to neutral voltage V 1 or one additional phase to phase voltage U 21 on busbars no 2 DE51898 NES lt m This connection should be used to measure m two phase to phase voltages U21 U32 and one residual voltage VO on busbars no 1 m one additional phase to phase voltage U 21 or one additional phase to neutral voltage V 1 on busbars no 2 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Phase voltage inputs Sepam series 80 Residual voltage input Available functions The availability of certain protection and metering functions depend on the phase and residual voltages measured by Sepam The table below gives the voltage input connection variants for which for each protection and metering function dependent on measured voltages is available Example The directional overcurrent protection function ANSI 67N 67NC uses residual voltage VO as a polarization value It is therefore operational in the following cases m measurement of the 3 phase to neutral voltages and calculation of VOX 3 V VOX variant 1 m measurement of residual voltage VO variant 5 The protection and metering functions which do not appear
5. Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Logic input output MES120 MES120G modules 14 input 6 output module Logic input output assignment Inputs and outputs may be assigned to predefined control and monitoring functions using the SFT2841 software according to the uses listed in the table below The control logic of each input may be inverted for undervoltage type operation All the logic inputs whether or not assigned to predefined functions may be used for the customization functions according to specific application needs m in the control matrix SFT2841 software to connect an input to a logic output a LED on the front of Sepam or a message for local indication on the display m in the logic equation editor SFT2841 software as logic equation variables in Logipam SFT2885 software as input variables for the program in ladder language Logic output assignment table Tripping contactor control n n n n n n n n n n n n n 01 Inhibit closing n n n n n n n n n n n n n O2 by default Closing n n n n n n n n n n n n n O3 by default Watchdog n n n n n n n n n n n n n 05 Logic discrimination blocking send 1 n n n n n n n n n n n n n 0102 by default Logic discrimination blocking send
6. gt Is pick up signal Value of internal time delay counter l lt T1 gt lt T1 T gt Detection of restriking faults with adjustable timer hold Protection Main characteristics Current IDMT tripping curves Multiple IDMT tripping curves are offered to cover most applications m EC curves SIT VIT LTI EIT m IEEE curves MI VI El m usual curves UIT RI IAC The curve equations are given page 96 Setting of IDMT tripping curves time delay T or TMS factor The time delays of current IDMT tripping curves except for customized and RI curves may be set as follows m time T operating time at 10 x Is m TMS factor factor shown as T see curve equation page 96 Timer hold The adjustable timer hold T1 is used for m detection of restriking faults DT curve m coordination with electromechanical relays IDMT curve Timer hold may be inhibited if necessary 2 groups of settings Phase to phase and phase to earth short circuit protection Each unit has 2 groups of settings A and B to adapt the settings to suit the network configuration The active group of settings A or B is set by a logic input or the communication link Example of use normal backup mode network m group A for network protection in normal mode when the network is supplied by the utility m group B for network protection in backup mode when the network is supplied by a backup generator
7. 40 mA maximum in sending mode Maximum length with 12 V DC power supply Maximum length with 24 V DC power supply Number of Sepam units 5 320 m 1000 m 10 180m 750m 20 160m 450m 25 125m 375m Description and dimensions A and B Terminal blocks for network cable RJ45 plug to connect the interface to the base unit with a CCA612 cord Grounding earthing terminal 1 Activity LED flashes when communication is active sending or receiving in progress 2 Jumper for RS 485 network line end impedance matching with load resistor Re 150 Q to be set to m X if the module is not at one end of the RS 485 network default position m Rc if the module is at one end of the RS 485 network 3 Network cable clamps inner diameter of clamp 6 mm Connection m connection of network cable to screw type terminal blocks A and m connection of earthing terminal by tinned copper braid or cable fitted with 4 mm ring lug Ensure correct tightening maximum tightening torque is 2 2 Nm m the interfaces are fitted with clamps to hold the network cable and recover shielding at the incoming and outgoing points of the network cable o the network cable must be stripped o the cable shielding braid must be around and in contact with the clamp m the interface is to be connected to connector on the base unit using a CCA612 cord length 3 m green fittings m the interfaces are to be supp
8. Equation for ANSI 27 undervoltage tda _ Equation for ANSI 24 Overfluxing V Hz With G V f or U f 1 Ged td G xT Protection Tripping curves Customized tripping curve Defined point by point using the SFT2841 setting and operating software tool this curve may be used to solve all special cases involving protection coordination or revamping IDMT tripping curves Current IDMT tripping curves Multiple IDMT tripping curves are offered to cover most applications m EC curves SIT VIT LTI EIT m IEEE curves MI VI El m usual curves UIT RI IAC IEC curves Curve type Coefficient values k a B Standard inverse A 0 14 0 02 2 97 Very inverse B 13 5 1 1 50 Long time inverse B 120 1 13 33 Extremely inverse C 80 2 0 808 Ultra inverse 315 2 2 5 1 RI curve Equation td l L x I 1 3 1706 0 339 0 236 L Is IEEE curves Curve type Coefficient values A B p B Moderately inverse 0 010 0 023 0 02 0 241 Very inverse 3 922 0 098 2 0 138 Extremely inverse 5 64 0 0243 2 0 081 IAC curves Curve type Coefficient values A B C D E B Inverse 0 208 0 863 0 800 0 418 0 195 0 297 Very inverse 0 090 0 795 0 100 1 288 7 958 0 165 Extremely inverse 0 004 0 638 0 620 1 787 0 246 0 092 Voltage IDMT tripping curves Equation for ANSI 59N Neutral voltage displacement td _ L Voltage frequency ratio IDMT tripping curves Curve type p A 0 5 B 1 C
9. 2 sa Ring lug Earthing braid to be connected to cubicle grounding m flat copper braid with cross section gt 9 mm 4 Functional earth m maximum length 300 mm Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Base unit Sepam series 80 Sepam B83 lan L1 i SK L2 i SL T ts DIL nll CCA630 OPS o N ET LA Snap 3 068 O13 gt M T A W 0 0 N Gi x Ta lt 3 m e a aaan NOOO O x So oR O ENGAN ti er EE a o g 1 P S z E Q 1 N Aa No PN E A 02 o Functional earth Connection mg For Sepam to operate correctly its functional earthing terminal must be connected to the cubicle grounding circuit m Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently A Screw type CCA620 m wiring with no fittings o 1 wire with max cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with max cross section 0 2 to 1 mm 2 AWG 24 16 O stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings o recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 x 1 5 mm wi
10. Thermal overload for machines Each unit has 2 groups of settings to protect equipment that has two operating modes Examples of use m transformers switching of groups of settings by logic input according to transformer ventilation operating mode natural or forced ventilation ONAN or ONAF m motors switching of groups of settings according to current set point to take into account the thermal withstand of motors with locked rotors Summary table 2 groups of settings A and B 50 51 50N 51N 67 67N 67NC 2 groups of settings operating modes 1 and2 49RMS Machine IEC IDMT curves 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 46 IEEE IDMT curves 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 46 Usual IDMT curves 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 Timer hold 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Protection Setting ranges ANSI 27 Phase to phase undervoltage 5 to 100 of Unp ANSI 27D 47 Positive sequence undervoltage 15 to 60 of Unp ANSI 27R Remanent undervoltage 5 to 100 of Unp ANSI 27S Phase to neutral undervoltage 5 to 100 of Vnp ANSI 32P Directional active overpower 1 to 120 of Sn G ANSI 320 40 Directional reactive overpower ANSI 37 Phase undercurrent 5 to 120 of S
11. Vs0 set point Calculated VO sum of 3 voltages 2 to 80 of Unp Measured VO external VT 0 6 to 80 of Unp ANSI 81H Overfrequency Sepam series 20 50 to 53 Hz or 60 to 63 Hz 0 1 s to 300s Sepam series 40 50 to 55 Hz or 60 to 65 Hz 0 1 s to 300s ANSI 81L Underfrequency Sepam series 20 45 to 50 Hz or 55 to 60 Hz 0 1 s to 300s Sepam series 40 40 to 50 Hz or 50 to 60 Hz 0 1 s to 300s ANSI 81R Rate of change of frequency 0 1 to 10 Hz s Inst 0 15 s to 300 s 1 Tripping as of 1 2 Is Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 DE52065 Protection functions TS Me TC Logic equations Sepam series 40 Control and monitoring Description Sepam performs all the control and monitoring functions required for electrical network operation m the main control and monitoring functions are predefined and fit the most frequent cases of use They are ready to use and are implemented by simple parameter setting after the necessary logic inputs outputs are assigned m the predefined control and monitoring functions can be adapted for particular needs using the SFT2841 software which offers the following customization options o customization of the control matrix by changing the assignment of output relays LEDs and annunciation messages o logic equation editor t
12. AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 8A 8A 8A 8A Breaking capacity Resistive load 8A 4A 0 7 A 0 3 A Load L R lt 20 ms 6A 2A 0 5 A 0 2 A Load L R lt 40 ms 4A 1A 0 2 A 0 1 A Resistive load 8A Load cos gt 0 3 5A Making capacity lt 15 ms for 200 ms Relay outputs 03 and 04 04 not used Voltage DC 24 48V DC 127V DC 220 V DC AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 2A 2A 2A 2A Breaking capacity Load L R lt 20 ms 2A 1A 0 5 A 0 15 A Load cos gt 0 3 5A Power supply Voltage 24 to 250 V DC 20 10 110 to 240 V AC 20 10 47 5 to 63 Hz Maximum consumption 6W 9 VA Inrush current lt 10 A for 10 ms lt 15 A for one half period Acceptable momentary outages 10 ms 10 ms ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Remote modules MCS025 Synchro check module Description 1 MCS025 module 1 2 A CCA620 20 pin connector for auxiliary power supply 4 relay outputs o 01 02 03 close enable O 04 not used DE51654 CCT640 connector phase to neutral or phase to phase for the two input voltages to be synchronized 19 18 17 Ea RJ45 connector not used RJ45 connector for module connection to the Sepam series 80 base unit either directly or via 15 y 08 another remote module ie 770 2 Two
13. Motor protection with voltage monitoring Sepam M41 or M81 m direct starting m auto transformer m two way starting M41 M41 M41 M81 M81 f M81 38 Fil Motor differential protection Sepam M87 Motor differential protection 87M Phase protection by self balancing differential scheme 50 51 m direct starting m auto transformer m direct starting starting DE51724 DE51737 DE51738 M20 38 49T DE51739 DE51740 1 lt DE51725 DE51741 DE51742 DE51743 38 38 38 49T 49T 49T Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Motor applications applications m motor and transformer protection against internal faults power supply fault protection m driven load fault protection m internal transformer protection Thermostat Buchholz ANSI 26 63 m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 38 49T Motor transformer unit protection without voltage monitoring Sepam M20 m transformer primary earth fault protection 50G 51G Note monitoring of motor insulation must be ensured
14. l n Unbalance current sensor rating capacitor application CT 1 A 2A 5A 1 A to 30 A Ib Base current according to rated power of equipment 0 2 to 1 3 In l b Base current on additional channels Applications with transformer l b Ib x Un1 Un2 not adjustable Other applications l b Ib Ino l n0 Rated residual current Sum of 3 phase currents See In I n rated phase current CSH120 or CSH200 core balance CT 2Aor20A rating 1 A 5 A CT CSH30 interposing ring CT 1 A to 6250 A Core balance CT ACE990 the core balance CT ratio According to current monitored 1 n must be such that 50 lt n lt 1500 and use of ACE990 Unp Rated primary phase to phase voltage Vnp rated 220 V to 250 kV U np primary phase to neutral voltage Vnp Unp v3 Uns Rated secondary phase to phase voltage 3 VTs V1 V2 V3 90 to 230 V U ns 2 VTs U21 U32 90 to 120 V 1 VT U21 90 to 120 V 1 VT V1 90 to 230 V Unso Secondary zero sequence voltage for primary zero Uns 3 or Uns v3 U nso sequence voltage Unp V3 Vntp Neutral point voltage transformer primary voltage 220 V to 250 kV generator application Vnts Neutral point voltage transformer secondary voltage 57 7 V to 133 V generator application fn Rated frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz Phase rotation direction 1 2 3 oru 1 3 2 Integration period for demand current and peak 5 10 15 30 60 min demand current and power Pulse type accumulated energy meter Increments active energy 0 1 kWh to 5 MWh Increments reactive energy 0 1
15. m coils and contacts linked to timers counters and clocks PE50265 Available resources Sepam variables All the data used by Sepam functions can be addressed by Logipam all logic inputs and outputs m all remote control orders and remote indications the remote control orders and remote indication used in the Logipam program are no longer used by the predefined functions m all protection function inputs and outputs m all inputs and outputs for the predefined control and monitoring functions all inputs and outputs for symbols in the mimic based UMI m all system data Logipam internal variables m 64 configuration bits to parameter program processing settable via the SFT2841 software and the display m 128 bits used by the control matrix to control LEDs messages and logic outputs m 128 internal bits that are saved m 512 internal bits that are not saved Logipam functions m 60 timers that can be set for a rising edge TON or a falling edge TOF m 24 incremental counters with adjustable thresholds m 4 clocks for a given week Ti gt T SFT2885 variable editor Debugging tools The Logipam software offers a complete set of tools for program debugging m step by step or continuous program execution to simulate the programmed functions m color animation of the rungs and all program variables grouping in a table of all program variables requiring monitoring Documentat
16. m power factor cos According to the sensors used power calculations may be based on the 2 or 3 wattmeter method The 2 wattmeter method is only accurate when there is no residual current and it is not applicable if the neutral is distributed The 3 wattmeter method gives an accurate calculation of 3 phase and phase by phase powers in all cases regardless of whether or not the neutral is distributed Metering and diagnosis Description Peak demand powers The greatest demand active and reactive power values calculated over the same period as the demand current The peak demand powers may be cleared Energy m 4 accumulated energies calculated according to voltages and phase currents 11 12 and 13 measured active energy and reactive energy in both directions m 1 to4 additional accumulated energy meters for the acquisition of active or reactive energy pulses from external meters Temperature Accurate measurement of temperature inside equipment fitted with Pt100 Ni100 or Ni120 type RTDs connected to the optional remote MET148 2 module Rotation speed Calculated by the counting of pulses transmitted by a proximity sensor at each passage of a cam driven by the rotation of the motor or generator shaft Acquisition of pulses on a logic input Phasor diagram A phasor diagram is displayed by SFT2841 software and the mimic based UMI to check cabling and assist in the setting and commissioning of directional and differential p
17. 14 inputs 6 outputs 24 250 V DC MES120 59715 14 inputs 6 outputs 220 250 V DC MES120G 59716 Remote modules and cords 8 temperature sensor module MET148 2 59641 Analog output module MSA141 59647 Remote advanced UMI module DSM303 59608 Synchro check module including connection cord MCS025 59712 CCA785 Remote module connection cord L 0 6 m CCA770 59660 Remote module connection cord L 2 m CCA772 59661 Remote module connection cord L 4m CCA774 59662 Synchro check module connection cord CCA785 59665 L 2 m spare parts Sepam communication interfaces 2 wire RS 485 Modbus interface without CCA612 ACE949 2 59642 4 wire RS 485 Modbus interface without CCA612 ACE959 59643 Fiber optic Modbus interface without CCA612 ACE937 59644 RS 485 multi protocol 2 wire interface without CCA612 ACE969TP 59720 Fiber optic multi protocol interface without CCA612 ACE969FO 59721 Connection cord L 3 m CCA612 59663 Converters RS 232 RS 485 converter ACE909 2 59648 RS 485 RS 485 interface AC ACE919CA 59649 RS 485 RS 485 interface DC ACE919CC 59650 Ethernet gateway Merlin Gerin EGX200 EGX200MG Ethernet webserver Merlin Gerin EGX400 EGX400MG Core balance CTS Core balance CT 120 mm CSH120 59635 Core balance CT 200 mm CSH200 59636 Interposing ring CT CSH30 59634 Core balance C
18. Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Converters DB100978 1 Power connector 2 Ethernet indication LEDs 3 10 100 Base TX port for connection to Ethernet via an RJ45 connector 4 100 Base FX port for connection to Ethernet via an optic fiber EGX400 only 5 COM1 terminal block for RS 485 serial link 6 COM1 indication LEDs 7 COM2 terminal block for RS 485 serial link 8 COM2 indication LEDs 9 Mini switches for setup of COM1 and COM2 ports 10 COM2 Sub D 9 connector for connection to the RS 232 serial link Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San F Ethernet EGX200 gateway Ethernet EGX400 server Characteristics 700 g 28 x 201 x 123 mm Symmetrical or asymmetrical DIN rail Front or side position Weight Dimensions H x W x D Mounting Power supply 24V DC 100 240 V AC 24 V DC adapter supplied Operating temperature 30 C to 80 C Humidity rating 5 to 95 relative humidity without condensation at 40 C Immunity in industrial EN 61000 6 2 environments EN 61000 4 2 3 4 5 8 11 EN 55022 FCC class A UL508 cUL complying with CSA C22 2 no 14 M91 Number of ports 2 Types of ports COM1 RS 485 2 wire or 4 wire COM2 RS 232 or RS 485 2 wire or 4 wire depending on settings Protocol Modbus Baud rate 3
19. O5 is an indication output used by default for the watchdog function and has two contacts one NC and one NO ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Presentation Main connector A and voltage and residual current input connector E A choice of 2 types of removable screw lockable 20 pin connectors m CCA620 screw type connectors m or CCA622 ring lug connectors The presence of the connector is monitored Connector for additional voltage inputs Sepam B83 CCT640 connector removable and screw lockable The presence of the CCT640 connector is monitored Phase current input connectors Current sensors connected to removable screw lockable connectors according to type of sensors used m CCA630 connector for 1 A or 5 A current transformers m or CCA671 connector for LPCT sensors The presence of these connectors is monitored Mounting accessories Spring clips 8 spring clips are supplied with the base unit to flush mount Sepam in mounting plates 1 5 to 6 mm thick Simple tool free installation AMT880 mounting plate It is used to mount a Sepam without UMI inside the compartment with access to connectors on the rear panel Mounting used with remote advanced UMI module DSM303 AMT820 blanking plate It fills in the space left when a standard model Sepam 2000 is replace
20. RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Is set point 0 1 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 Is Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 20 s Confirmation 2 ANSI 50BF Breaker failure Presence of current None By negative sequence overvoltage By phase to phase undervoltage 0 2 to 2 In Operating time 0 05 s to 300 s 1 Tripping as of 1 2 ls 2 Sepam series 40 only 3 Sn V3 In Unp Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 ANSI 50N 51N or 50G 51G Earth fault Sensitive earth fault Protection Setting ranges Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT IsO set point 0 1 to 15 Ind Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 to 1 Ind IDMT 0 1 sto 12 5 s at 10 IsO Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5sto20s ANSI 50V 51V Voltage restrained overcurrent Trip
21. and earth fault protection sensitivity Residual current may be m measured by a specific CSH120 or CSH200 core balance CT m measured by a core balance CT with a ratio of 1 n 50 lt n lt 1500 with an ACE990 adapter m calculated by Sepam from the vector sum of the 3 phase currents Selection guide Measurement sensors Accuracy Recommended Easy minimum set point assembly CSH120 or CSH200 gt 1A core balance CT 1or3x1Aor5 A CT CSH30 0 10 INCT DT 0 05 INCT IDMT Core balance CT ACE990 0 10 INCT DT revamping 0 05 InCT IDMT new 3 phase CT 0 30 INCT DT kkk 10 calculated by Sepam 0 10 InCT IDMT 1 1 Recommended minimum set point for ANSI 50N 51N function with H2 restraint 0 10 INCT DT or 0 05 InCT IDMT It is advisable not to set the earth fault protection functions below the recommended minimum set point to avoid any risk of unwanted tripping caused by oversensitive detection of residual current or false residual current due to the saturation of a CT Lower settings may be used to trigger alarms Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sensors Voltage transformers Function Sepam may be connected to any standard voltage transformer with a rated secondary voltage of 100 V to 220 V Schneider Electric offers a range of voltage transformers m to measure pha
22. as backup for distant 2 phase short circuits D tripping confirmed by undervoltage protection ANSI 27 unit 1 as backup for phase to phase short circuits in networks with low short circuit power ANSI 50N 51N or 50G 51G Earth fault Earth fault protection based on measured or calculated residual current values m ANSI 50N 51N residual current calculated or measured by 3 phase current sensors m ANSI 50G 51G residual current measured directly by a specific sensor Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m definite time DT IDMT choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves or customized curve m with or without timer hold m second harmonic restraint to ensure stability during transformer energizing activated by parameter setting ANSI 50BF Breaker failure If a breaker fails to be triggered by a tripping order as detected by the non extinction of the fault current this backup protection sends a tripping order to the upstream or adjacent breakers ANSI 46 Negative sequence unbalance Protection against phase unbalance detected by the measurement of negative sequence current m sensitive protection to detect 2 phase faults at the ends of long lines m protection of equipment against temperature build up caused by an unbalanced power supply phase inversion or loss of phase and against phase current unbalance Characteristics m 1 definite time DT curve m 9 IDMT curves 4 IEC curves and 3 IEEE curves 1 ANSI
23. connector for o 3 phase voltage V 1 V 2 V 3 inputs o 1 residual voltage V 0 input DE51781 01 R ND 20 m Sepam C86 connector for capacitor unbalance current inputs Modbus communication port 1 Modbus communication port 2 O Remote module connection port 1 o Remote module connection port 2 00 00 20 pin connector for m 3 phase voltage V1 V2 V3 inputs m 1 residual voltage VO input m 2 residual current 10 l O inputs Spare port i Connector for 1st MES120 input output module 2 Connector for 2nd MES120 input output module 3 Connector for 3rd MES120 input output module Functional earth Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Electrical characteristics Base unit with advanced UMI Base unit with mimic based UMI Minimum weight base unit without MES120 2 4 kg 3 0 kg Maximum weight base unit with 3 MES120 4 0 kg 4 6 kg Phase current inputs 1Aor5ACT Input impedance lt 0 001 Q Consumption lt 0 001 VA 1 ACT lt 0 025 VA 5 ACT Continuous thermal withstand 3 In 1 second overload 100 In Voltage inputs Phase Residual Input impedance gt 100 kQ gt 100 kQ Consumption lt 0 0
24. lt 15 A for 200 ms Annunciation relay output 03 04 012 013 014 contacts Voltage DC 24 48V DC 127 VDC 220 V DC AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 2A 2A 2A 2A Breaking capacity L R load lt 20 ms 2 1A 0 5 A 0 15 A p f load gt 0 3 1A Power supply Voltage 24 250 V DC 110 240 V AC Range 20 10 20 10 47 5 to 63 Hz Deactivated consumption 1 Sepam series 20 lt 4 5 W lt 6 VA Sepam series 40 lt 6W lt 6 VA Maximum consumption 1 Sepam series 20 lt 8W lt 15 VA Sepam series 40 lt 11W lt 25VA Inrush current Sepam series 20 lt 10 A for 10 ms lt 28 A for 100 ms lt 28 A for 100 ms lt 15 A for first half period Sepam series 40 lt 10 A for 10 ms lt 28 A for 100 ms lt 28 A for 100 ms lt 15 A for first half period Acceptable momentary outages Sepam series 20 10 ms 20 ms Sepam series 40 10 ms 20 ms Analog output MSA141 module gt Current 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 10 mA Load impedance lt 600 Q wiring included Accuracy 0 50 1 According to configuration 2 Relay outputs comply with clause 6 7 of standard C37 90 30 A 200 ms 2000 operations ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Base unit Environmental characteristics Emission tests Disturbing field emission IEC 602
25. m adapt predefined control functions particular circuit breaker or recloser control sequences etc A logic equation is created by grouping logic input data received from m protection functions m logic inputs m remote control orders using the Boolean operators AND OR XOR NOT and automation functions such as time delays bistables and time programmer Equation input is assisted and syntax checking is done systematically The result of an equation may then be m assigned to a logic output LED or message via the control matrix m transmitted by the communication link as a new remote indication m utilized by the circuit breaker contactor control function to trip close or inhibit breaking device closing m usedto inhibit or reset a protection function Personalized alarm and operating messages Sepam series 40 The alarm and operating messages may be personalized using the SFT2841 software tool The new messages are added to the list of existing messages and may be assigned via the control matrix for display m on the Sepam display m in the SFT2841 Alarms and Alarm History screens Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Base units are defined according to the following characteristics m type of User Machine Interface UMI m working language m type of base unit con
26. s positive sequence impedance enters one of the circular characteristics m definite DT time delay for each circular characteristic m setting assistance function included in SFT2841 software to calculate the values of Xa Xb and Xc according to the electrical characteristics of the machine and transformer when applicable Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Sepam series 80 ANSI 78PS Pole slip Protection against loss of synchronism on synchronous machines based on calculated active power 2 types of operation m tripping according to the equal area criterion time delayed m tripping according to power swing number of active power swings D suitable for generators capable of withstanding high electrical and mechanical constraints o to be set as a number of rotations The 2 types of operation may be used independently or at the same time ANSI 12 Overspeed Detection of machine overspeed based on the speed calculated by pulse counting to detect synchronous generator racing due to loss of synchronism or for process monitoring for example ANSI 14 Underspeed Machine speed monitoring based on the speed calculated by pulse counting m detection of machine underspeed after starting for process monitoring for example m zero speed data for detection of locked rotor upon starting ANSI 50V 5
27. 0 5 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 5 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 ls Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 20 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels I or additional channels l ANSI 51C Capacitor bank unbalance Is set point 0 05 A to 2 l n Definite time 0 1 to 300 s ANSI 59 Overvoltage L L or L N Set point and time delay 50 to 150 of Unp 0 05 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 59N Neutral voltage displacement Tripping curve Definite time IDMT Set point 2 to 80 of Unp Definite time 0 05 to 300 s 2 to 10 of Unp IDMT 0 1 to 100 s Measurement origin Main channels U additional channels U or neutral point voltage Vnt ANSI 64REF Restricted earth fault differential IsO set point 0 05 to 0 8 In In 2 20 A 0 1 to 0 8 In In lt 20 A Measurement origin Main channels I 10 or additional channels l l O ANSI 66 Starts per hour Total number of starts 1 to 60 Period 1to6h Number of consecutive starts 1 to 60 T time delay stop start 0 to 90 min ANSI 67 Directional phase overcurrent Characteristic angle 30 45 60 Tripping time delay Timer hold delay Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT IEC SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Customized
28. 015 Sn to 999 Mvar 1 O Power factor 1 to 1 CAP IND 1 Calculated active energy 0 to 2 1 108 MW h 1 1 digit O Calculated reactive energy 0 to 2 1 108 Mvar h 1 1 digit O Temperature 30 to 200 C 1 C from 20 to 140 C 1 C from 20 to 140 C m or 22 to 392 F Network diagnosis assistance Tripping context O Phase tripping current 0 1 to 40 In 5 5 o Earth fault tripping current 0 1 to 20 Ind 5 5 o Negative sequence unbalance 10 to 500 of Ib 2 2 Phase displacement 0 between VO and 10 O to 359 2 Phase displacement 91 92 93 0 to 359 2 between V and Disturbance recording O Machine operating assistance Thermal capacity used 0 to 800 1 t1 n O 100 for phase Ib Remaining operating time before overload 0 to 999 mn 1 mn 1 mn tripping Waiting time after overload tripping 0 to 999 mn 1 mn 1 mn Running hours counter operating time 0 to 65535 hours 1 or 0 5 h 1 or 0 5 h o Starting current 1 2 Ib to 24 In 5 5 O Starting time O to 300s 300 ms 300 ms o Number of starts before inhibition 0 to 60 1 1 Start inhibit time 0 to 360 mn 1mn 1 mn Cooling time constant 5 to 600 mn 5 mn Switchgear diagnosis assistance Cumulative breaking current 0 to 65535 kA 10 10 o Number of operations 0 to 4 109 1 1 O Operating time 20 to 100 ms 1 ms 1 ms o Charging time 1to20s 0 5 s 0 5 s o m available on MSA141 analog output modul
29. 2 Rx female ST type connector Sepam receiving 3 Tx female ST type connector Sepam sending 1 70 mm with CCA612 cord connected Connection ACE937 uo i i P 5 m the sending and receiving fiber optics fibers must be equipped with male ST type 5 connectors m fiber optics screw locked to Rx and Tx connectors m the interface is to be connected to connector on the base unit using a CCA612 cord length 3 m green fittings ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication interfaces ACE969TP and ACE969FO Interfaces network Function The ACE969 multi protocol communication interfaces are for Sepam series 20 40 and 80 They have two communication ports to connect a Sepam to two independent communication networks m the S LAN supervisory local area network port to connect Sepam to a supervision network using one of the three following protocols o IEC 60870 5 103 o DNP3 o RTU Modbus The communication protocol is selected at the time of Sepam parameter setting ACE969TP communication interface m the E LAN engineering local area network port reserved for Sepam remote parameter setting and operation using the SFT2841 software PE50470 There are two versions of the ACE969 interfaces that have different S LAN ports m ACE969TP Twisted Pair for connection
30. 22 5mm AWG 12 Maximum distance between sensor and module 1 km Wiring precautions m it is preferable to use shielded cables The use of unshielded cables may cause measurement errors which vary in degree on the level of surrounding electromagnetic disturbance m only connect the shielding at the MET148 2 end in the shortest manner possible to the corresponding terminals of connectors w and m do not connect the shielding at the RTD end Accuracy derating according to wiring The error At is proportional to the length of the cable and inversely proportional to the cable cross section m 2 1 C km for 0 93 mm cross section At C 2x a m 1 C km for 1 92 mm cross section Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Mt11009 DE51650 DE51651 Remote modules MSA141 analog output module 1 70 mm with CCA77x cord connected MET141 e Rc Ha MSA141 Analog output module Function The MSA141 module converts one of the Sepam measurements into an analog signal m selection of the measurement to be converted by parameter setting m 0 10 mA 4 20 mA 0 20 mA analog signal according to parameter setting m scaling of the analog signal by setting minimum and maximum values of the converted measurement Example the setting used to have phase cur
31. 5 A 2 8 bug IHH Functional earth Connection mg For Sepam to operate correctly its functional earthing terminal must be connected to the cubicle grounding circuit m Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently A E Screw type CCA620 m wiring with no fittings o 1wire with max cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with max cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 D stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings D recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 x 1 5 mm wire DZ5CE025D for 1 x 2 5 mm wire AZ5DE010D for 2 x 1 mm wires D tube length 8 2 mm O stripped length 8 mm 6 35 mm ring lugs CCA622 m 6 35 mm ring or spade lugs 1 4 m maximum wire cross section of 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 m stripped length 6 mm m use an appropriate tool to crimp the lugs on the wires m maximum of 2 ring or spade lugs per terminal m tightening torque 0 7 to 1 Nm 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 or 5 A CTs RJ45 plug CCA671 for connection of 3 Integrated with LPCT sensor LPCT sensors Ci C Green RJ45 plug CCA612 Black RJ45 plug CCA770 L 0 6m CCA772 L 2m CCA774 L 4m CCA785 for MCS025 module L 2 m
32. 60255 25 EN 55022 A Immunity tests Radiated disturbances Immunity to radiated fields IEC 60255 22 3 10 V m 80 MHz 1 GHz IEC 61000 4 3 Ill 10 V m 80 MHz 2 GHz ANSI C37 90 2 35 V m 25 MHz 1 GHz Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255 22 2 8 KV air 6 kV contact ANSI C37 90 3 8 kV air 4 kV contact Immunity to magnetic fields at network frequency IEC 61000 4 8 4 30 A m continuous 300 A m 1 3 s Immunity tests Conducted disturbances Immunity to conducted RF disturbances IEC 60255 22 6 Ill 10V Fast transient bursts IEC 60255 22 4 A and B 4 kV 2 5 kHz 2 kV 5 kHz IEC 61000 4 4 IV 4 kV 2 5 kHz ANSI C37 90 1 4 kV 2 5 kHz 1 MHz damped oscillating wave IEC 60255 22 1 2 5 kV CM 1 kV DM ANSI C37 90 1 2 5 kV 2 5 kHz Surges IEC 61000 4 5 Ill 2 kV CM 1 kV DM Voltage interruptions IEC 60255 11 100 during 100 ms In operation Vibrations IEC 60255 21 1 2 1 Gn 10 Hz 150 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Fe 2Hz 13 2Hz a 1mm Shocks IEC 60255 21 2 2 10 Gn 11ms Earthquakes IEC 60255 21 3 2 2 Gn horizontal axes 1 Gn vertical axes De energized Vibrations IEC 60255 21 1 2 2 Gn 10 Hz 150 Hz Shocks IEC 60255 21 2 2 27 Gn 11ms Jolts IEC 60255 21 2 2 20 Gn 16ms In operation Exposure to cold IEC 60068 2 1 Ad 25 C Exposure to dry heat IEC 60068 2 2 Bd 70 C Continuous exposure to damp heat IEC 60068 2 78 Cab 10 days 93 RH 40 C Salt mist IEC 60068 2 52 Kb 2 6 days Influence of corrosion Ga
33. 63 49T T42 T82 T42 T82 i i m transformer directional phase overcurrent protection 67 m transformer secondary earth fault protection 67N 67NC 64REF m with synchro check ANSI 25 4 DE51718 T82 MCS025 l T82 Parallel incomer differential protection Sepam T87 m transformer differential protection 87T m directional transformer protection 67 m transformer secondary earth fault protection 50G 51G 67N 67NC 64REF J DE51713 T87 l 26 49T Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Motor applications applications Protection functions ANSI code M20 M41 M81 M87 M88 Phase overcurrent 1 50 51 4 4 8 8 8 Earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 8 8 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 1 1 Negative sequence unbalance 46 1 2 2 2 2 Thermal overload for machines 49RMS 2 2 2 2 2 Two winding transformer 87T 1 differential re r gt gt Directional earth fault 67ne7nc 2 2 2 2 Directional active overpower 32P 1 2 2 2 Directional reactive overpo
34. Close enable to other Sepam units Close enable N VIN pe lt jo Logic input Close enable t 8 7 es 5 4 la 2 HIN 1 CE dd a o CCA785 1 Phase to phase or phase to neutral connection Connector Type a Screw type Connection E Terminal 17 PE on connector a of the MCS025 and the functional earthing terminal of the Sepam series 80 unit must be locally connected to the cubicle grounding circuit The two connection points must be as close as possible to one another m Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently Reference Wiring CCA620 m Wiring with no fittings o 1 wire with maximum cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 D stripped length 8 to 10 mm m Wiring with fittings o recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 wire 1 5 mm2 DZ5CE025D for 1 wire 2 5 mm2 AZ5DE010D for 2 x 1 mm wires o tube length 8 2 mm o stripped length 8 mm Screw type CCT640 VT wiring same as wiring of the CCA620 Earthing connection by 4 mm ring lug Orange RJ45 connector CIO CCA785 special prefabricated cord supplied with the MCS025 module m orange RJ45 connector
35. Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Description of predefined functions Local control using the mimic based UMI Sepam control mode A key switch on the mimic based UMI is used to select the Sepam control mode Three modes are available Remote Local or Test In Remote mode m remote control orders are taken into account m local control orders are disabled with the exception of the circuit breaker open order In Local mode m remote control orders are disabled with the exception of the circuit breaker open order m local control orders are enabled Test mode should be selected for tests on equipment e g during preventive maintenance operations m all functions enabled in Local mode are available in Test mode m no remote indications TS are sent via the communication link PE50486 Local control using the mimic based UMI The Logipam programming software can be used to customize control mode processing View device status on the animated mimic diagram For safe local control of devices all information required by operators can be displayed simultaneously on the mimic based UMI m single line diagram of the equipment controlled by Sepam with an animated graphic indication of device status in real time m the desired current voltage and power measurements The local control mimic diagram can be customized by adapting one of the supplied predefined diagrams or by creating a diagram from scratch Local control
36. DT Is set point 0 1 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 Is Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5sto20s 1 Tripping as of 1 2 Is ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Protection Setting ranges ANSI 67N 67NC Directional earth fault projection type 1 Characteristic angle 45 0 15 30 45 60 90 IsO set point 0 01 to 15 InO mini 0 1 A Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s Vs0 set point 2 to 80 of Unp Memory time TOmem time 0 0 05 s to 300 s VOmem validity set point 0 2 to 80 of Unp Measurement origin 10 input l O input ANSI 67N 67NC Directional earth fault according to 10 vector magnitude type 2 Characteristic angle 45 0 15 30 45 60 90 Tripping time delay Timer hold delay Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT IEC SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Customized DT IsO set point 0 1 to 15 InO min 0 1 A Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 01 to 1 InO min 0 1 A IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 IsO Vs0 set point 2 to 80 of Unp Timer hold Def
37. Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Dimensions Dimensions 3 40 E 222 241 200 0 00000 v 40 264 Front view of Sepam A 40 Side view of Sepam with MES120 flush mounted in front panel with spring clips Front panel 1 5 mm to 6 mm thick Clearance for Sepam assembly and wiring 249 Q a 202 t 185 TITTI A 112 64 2 F i 25 5 lt 250 264 Cut out Top view of Sepam with MES120 flush mounted in front panel with spring clips Front panel 1 5 mm to 6 mm thick Assembly with AMT880 mounting plate DE50081 DE51784 214 ELL L LLL LL TLL LTTE Top view of Sepam with MES120 flush mounted in front panel with spring clips Mounting plate 3 mm thick AMT880 mounting plate ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Base unit Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 CCA630 CT gt Il AE E id njo A 4 L Ei 6 WY 2 CCA630 4 SION 02 195 2 dar 2 7 3 T gt d S Tf oH N al
38. Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication Examples of architectures Characteristics of Modbus network between Sepam relays S LAN and E LAN Protocol Modbus RTU Physical medium Twisted pair 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 Characteristics of Ethernet network Protocol Modbus TCP IP Physical medium Ethernet 10 100 BaseTx or 100 Base Fx Functions of EGX200 or Modbus TCP Modbus RTU EGX400 gateway conversion Multiplexing between S LAN and E LAN networks DE52060 Supervisor or RTU E LAN S LAN Ethernet TCP IP Sepam Sepam Sepam series 20 series 40 series 80 S LAN characteristics Supervisor 1 Protocol Modbus RTU 5 or RTU4 DNP3 Supervisor 2 or IEC 60870 5 103 or RTU2 Physical medium Twisted pair 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 or fiber optic Note the two communication ports on Sepam series 80 can also be used to create two redundant S LANs connected to a single supervisor RTU An E LAN can be added to the two S LANs Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 Sepa
39. In neutral point CT primary current lt 2 In with In primary current of phase CTs on the same winding Current transformers must be either m type 5P with an accuracy limit factor gt max 20 1 6 lae o 4 he and an accuracy burden VA r gt Rwin In in m or defined by a knee point voltage Vk gt Ror Ry max 20 1 6 12 2 4 42 in The equations apply to the phase current transformers and the neutral point current tranformer in is the CT rated secondary current Ror is the CT internal resistance Ry is the resistance of the CT load and wiring lap is the maximum current value for a three phase short circuit l p is the maximum current value for a phase to earth short circuit Li pets i CCA630 connector Function 5 The CCA630 connector is used to connect Sepam to 1 A or 5 A current transformer 2 secondary windings It contains 3 interposing ring CTs with through primaries which ensure impedance matching and isolation between the 1 A or 5 A circuits and Sepam The connector may be disconnected with the power on since disconnection does not open the CT secondary circuits Connection m open the 2 side shields for access to the connection terminals The shields may be removed if necessary to make wiring easier If removed they must be replaced after wiring m remove the jumper if necessary The jumper links terminals 1 2 and 3 J m connect the wires using 4 mm ring lugs and check the
40. SOF 2 Connector for MES114 input output module 7 709 3 2 mounting clips 5 4 fol 4 2 locating nibs in flush mounted position S ss086808860898089890609S96S Ia O i 1 Base unit 1 2 3 A 20 pin connector for I m auxiliary poxer supply m 4 relay outputs m 1 residual current input Connector for 3 phase current 11 12 13 inputs DE51820 fin ill ino lao Communication port 0 Remote module connection port 6 pin connector for 3 phase voltage V1 V2 V3 inputs 13 ie O 2 Connector for MES114 input output module 3 2 mounting clips 4 2 locating nibs in flush mounted position 1 1 i o 2 BA La g bll 4 fol n S SS60890689608660686099S96S a SI se0090 E dg Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 20 Technical characteristics Sepam series 40 Minimum weight base unit with basic UMI and without MES114 1 2 kg Maximum weight base unit with advanced UMI and MES114 1 7 kg 1 4 kg 1 9 kg
41. San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Communication interfaces CCA612 DE52166 8 2 wire a RS 485 network B B A A Power supply B B A A V V Optic star connection Optic star Rx Tx Rx Tx Ring connection DE52165 ACE969FO DE51845 DE51962 ACE969TP et ACE969FO Interfaces network Connection Power supply and Sepam m the ACE969 interface connects to connector C on the Sepam base unit using a CCA612 cord length 3 m green RJ45 fittings m the ACE969 interface must be supplied with 24 to 250 V DC or 110 to 230 V AC Wiring wiring without fittings D 1 wire with max cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with max cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 O stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings O recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 wire 1 5 mm2 DZ5CE025D for 1 wire 2 5 mm2 AZ5DE010D for 2 x 1 mm wires o tube length 8 2 mm O stripped length 8 mm 1 green yellow wire max length 3 m and max cross section 2 5 mm Earthing braid supplied for connection to cubicle grounding Terminals e1 e2 supply Type Screw terminals Protective earth Screw terminal ca Functional earth 4 mm ring lugs 2 wire RS485 communication ports S LAN or E LAN m connection of RS485 twisted pair S LAN or E LAN t
42. Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Voltage inputs Sepam series 40 The phase and residual voltage transformer secondary circuits are connected directly to the connector marked The 3 impedance matching and isolation transformers are integrated in the Sepam series 40 base unit Phase voltage sensor parameter setting Residual voltage sensor parameter setting Voltages measured Values calculated Measurements unavailable Protection functions unavailable according to type of Sepam 3V 3V sum V1 V2 V3 U21 U32 U13 VO Vd Vi f None None Phase voltage sensor parameter setting Residual voltage sensor parameter setting Voltages measured Values calculated Measurements unavailable Protection functions unavailable according to type of Sepam U21 U32 External VT U21 U32 VO U13 V1 V2 V3 Vd Vi f None None Phase voltage sensor parameter setting Residual voltage sensor parameter setting Voltages measured Values calculated Measurements unavailable Protection functions unavailable according to type of Sepam U21 U32 None U21 U32 U13 Vd Vi f V1 V2 V3 VO 67N 67NC 59N Phase voltage sensor parameter setting Residual voltage sensor parameter setting Voltages measured Values calculated Measurements unavailable Protection functions unavailable according to type of Sepam U21 External VT U21 VO f U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 Vd Vi 67 47 27D 32P 32Q
43. South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 QD MCS025 DD DE51889 Automatic transfer with synchro check controlled by Sepam series 80 Control and monitoring Description of predefined functions Each Sepam contains the appropriate predefined control and monitoring functions for the chosen application ANSI 94 69 Circuit breaker contactor control Control of breaking devices equipped with different types of closing and tripping coils m circuit breakers with shunt or undervoltage trip coils m latching contactors with shunt trip coils m contactors with latched orders The function processes all breaking device closing and tripping conditions based on m protection functions m breaking device status data m remote control orders m specific control functions for each application e g recloser synchro check The function also inhibits breaking device closing according to the operating conditions Automatic transfer AT This function transfers busbar supply from one source to another lt concerns substations with two incomers with or without coupling The function carries out m automatic transfer with a break if there is a loss of voltage or a fault m manual transfer and return to normal operation without a break with or withou
44. Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Rated phase current General settings The general settings define the characteristics of the measurement sensors connected to Sepam and determine the performance of the metering and protection functions used They are accessed via the SFT2841 setting software General Characteristics CT VT Sensors and Particular characteristics tabs 2or3CT1A 5A 1 Ato 6250 A 1 Ato 6250 A sensor primary current 3 LPCTs 25 A to 3150 AM 25 A to 3150 AM Ib Base current according to rated power of equipment 0 4 to 1 3 In 0 4 to 1 3 In Ino Rated residual current Sum of 3 phase currents See In rated phase current See In rated phase current CSH120 or CSH200 core 2 A or 20 A rating 2 A 5 A or 20 A rating balance CT 1 A 5 A CT CSH30 1 A to 6250 A 1 A to 6250 A In0 In interposing ring CT 1 A 5 A CT CSH30 1 A to 6250 A In0 In 10 interposing ring CT Sensitivity x10 Core balance CT ACE990 According to current monitored According to current monitored the core balance CT ratio and use of ACE990 and use of ACE990 1 n must be such that 50 lt n lt 1500 Unp Rated primary phase to phase voltage 220 V to 250 kV 220 V to 250 kV Vnp rated primary phase to neutral voltage Vnp Unp v3 Uns Rated secondary phase to phase voltage 3 VTs V1 V2 V3 100 110
45. and personalize labels PE50287 Local annunciation on Sepam display Events and alarms may be indicated locally on Sepam s advanced UMI or on the mimic based UMI by m messages on the display unit available in 2 languages O English factory set messages not modifiable SS ASS AGS Mp ems 3 o local language according to the version delivered the language version is chosen db t e HiL utalat l RIE LS when Sepam is set up rezza m the lighting up of one of the 9 yellow LEDs according to the LED assignment cleaner which is set using SFT2841 Local indications on the Sepam front panel PE50274 lf iti finte et le a o it i i n OL tof ann Alarm processing m when an alarm appears the related message replaces the current display and the related LED goes on The number and type of messages depend on the type of Sepam The messages are linked to Sepam functions and may be viewed on the front panel display and in the SFT2841 Alarms screen a m to clear the message from the display press the ay key m after the fault has disappeared press the E key the light goes off and Sepam is reset m the list of alarm messages remains accessible N key and may be cleared by ICS SFT2 841 alarm history pressing the va key Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions
46. by another device __ rer M20 DE51744 38 Motor transformer unit protection with voltage monitoring Sepam M41 m motor earth fault protection 59N m transformer primary earth fault protection 50G 51G M41 38 Motor transformer unit protection with voltage and transformer monitoring DE51745 Sepam M81 m motor earth fault protection 59N m motor earth fault protection 50G 51G m transformer primary earth fault m transformer primary earth fault protection 50G 51G protection 50G 51G m transformer monitoring Buchholz m transformer monitoring Buchholz thermostat temperature measurement thermostat temperature measurement DE51747 DE51746 M81 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Motor applications applications Motor transformer unit differential protection Sepam M88 Motor transformer unit differential protection 87T m motor earth fault protection 50G 51G m motor earth fault protection 59N m transformer primary earth fault m transformer primary earth fault protection 50G 51G protection 50G 51G DE51748 DE51749 M88 Cour
47. by the motor starting overload time The values are stored until the following start overload Number of starts before inhibition start inhibit time Indicates the number of starts still allowed by the starts per hour protection function and if the number is zero the waiting time before starting is allowed again Differential and through current Values calculated to facilitate the implementation of ANSI 87T and 87M differential protection functions Current phase displacement Phase shift between the main phase currents and additional phase currents to facilitate implementation of ANSI 87T differential protection function Apparent positive sequence impedance Zd Value calculated to facilitate the implementation of the underimpedance field loss protection ANSI 40 Apparent phase to phase impedances Z21 Z32 Z13 Values calculated to facilitate the implementation of the backup underimpedance protection function ANSI 21B Third harmonic neutral point or residual voltage Values measured to facilitate the implementation of the third harmonic undervoltage 100 stator earth fault protection function ANSI 27TN 64G2 Capacitance Measurement for each phase of the total capacitance of the connected capacitor bank steps This measurement is used to monitor the condition of the capacitors Capacitor unbalance current Measurement of the unbalance current for each capacitor bank step This measurement is possible when the steps
48. code generator to run the program on Sepam The ladder language program and the data used can be documented and a complete file can be printed Only the Sepam series 80 with a cartridge containing the Logipam SFT080 option can run the control and monitoring functions programmed by the Logipam SFT2885 software The complete Logipam software is made up of the executable program run by Sepam and the source program that can be modified by the Logipam SFT2885 programming software The SFT2841 setting and operating software required for implementation of the Logipam program offers the following functions m association of the complete Logipam program with the Sepam parameter and protection settings m loading and unloading of Logipam program parameters and settings in the Sepam cartridge m running of the functions programmed with Logipam o display of the status of Logipam internal bits o setting of Logipam parameters configuration bits timers etc Operating principle Sepam memory cartridge SFT2841 setting and operating Logipam SFT2885 with Logipam SFT080 option software programming software DE52073 Sepam 2 Q C Program 1 El I sF 12885 Logipam Executable 120 fie Program 2 Protection Protection E 9 SFT2841 source settings settings ai file l Sepam1 CS EO EE Logipam Logipam Program 1 Program 1 Sepam3 Parameters Parameters Logipam Sepam paramete
49. cold IEC 60068 2 1 Series 20 Ab 25 C Series 40 Ad Exposure to dry heat IEC 60068 2 2 Series 20 Bb 70 C Series 40 Bd Continuous exposure to damp heat IEC 60068 2 3 Ca 10 days 93 RH 40 C Temperature variation with specified variation rate IEC 60068 2 14 Nb 25 C to 70 C 5 C min Salt mist IEC 60068 2 52 Kb 2 Influence of corrosion IEC 60068 2 60 C 21 days 75 RH 25 C 0 5 ppm HyS 1 ppm SO Gaz test 4 IEC 60068 2 60 21 days 75 RH 25 C 0 01 ppm HyS 0 2 ppm SO 0 02 ppm NOs 0 01 ppm Cl In storage 9 Exposure to cold IEC 60068 2 1 Ab 25 C Exposure to dry heat IEC 60068 2 2 Bb 70 C Continuous exposure to damp heat IEC 60068 2 3 Ca 56 days 93 RH 40 C Enclosure safety tests Front panel tightness IEC 60529 IP52 Other panels closed except for rear panel IP20 NEMA Type 12 with gasket supplied Fire withstand Electrical safety tests 1 2 50 us impulse wave IEC 60695 2 11 IEC 60255 5 650 C with glow wire 5 ky Power frequency dielectric withstand IEC 60255 5 2kV 1 mn G ce Harmonized standard European directives EN 50263 m 89 336 CEE Electromagnetic Comptability EMC Directive o 92 31 CEE Amendment o 93 68 CEE Amendment m 73 23 CEE Low Voltage Directive o 93 68 CEE Amendment UL Fs UL508 CSA C22 2 n 14 95 File E212533 CSA CSA C22 2 n 14 95 n 94 M91 n 0 17 00 File 210625 1 Sepam series 40 2 Except for communica
50. com Sepam series 20 Introduction Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Sepam for greater simplicity 8 Sepam network protection for your peace of mind 9 Sepam offers flexibility to match your needs 10 Sepam to boost productivity 11 Panorama of Sepam applications 12 Selection guide for all applications 13 Substation applications 14 Feeder protection 14 Incomer protection 15 Busbar applications 16 Voltage monitoring 17 Coupling circuit breaker protection 17 Incomer protection with additional busbar voltage monitoring 17 Transformer applications 18 Transformer feeder protection 19 Transformer incomer protection 21 Motor applications 24 Motor protection 25 Motor transformer unit protection 26 Generator applications 28 Generator protection 29 Generator transformer unit protection 30 Capacitor applications 32 Capacitor bank protection 33 Communication networks and protocols 34 Implementation 35 Examples of architectures 36 Available Sepam data 38 Selection table 38 Description 39 Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 43 Sepam serie 80 79 Additional modules and accessories 129 Order form 183 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Introduction Sepam for greater simplicity A consistent range of protection relays The Sepam range of protection relays is designed for all protection applications on medium voltage public and industrial dis
51. connection a set of Sepam to a Modbus RS 485 m connection a set of Sepam to a m connection a set of Sepam to a network Modbus RS 485 network Modbus RS 485 network m Ethernet RS 485 link via the EGX200 or EGX400 m connection of the PC via its RS 232 m RS 485 RTC link via an RS 485 gateway port using the ACE909 2 interface modem Wertermo TD 34 for example m connection of the PC via its Ethernet port m connection of the PC via its modem port DE52070 N 2 DE52071 DE52072 N 29 era 2841 vedi I E E ES Modem ees A BA F B I j I I I EGX EGX Modem Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 ca kao mi IM Sepam series 40 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Software TETTE A bd Medi A1 1 ee i PE50277 ici ec reo ra SFT2841 logi
52. converter must be used to connect Sepam to a communication network based on other protocols Modbus TCP IP Ethernet EGX Merlin Gerin gateways enable Sepam connection to Modbus TCP IP networks IEC 60870 5 101 The CN1000 gateway developed by EuroSystem enables Sepam connection to IEC 60870 5 101 networks This gateway is quick and simple to implement using the supplied configuration software integrating all Sepam parameters For more information on the CN1000 gateway visit www euro system fr ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication Implementation Sepam communication interfaces PE50530 A complete range of accessories Sepam connects to a communication network via a communication interface Selection of the interface depends on the communication architecture m number of networks to be connected o 1 network S LAN or E LAN D 2 networks S LAN and E LAN m communication protocol selected for the S LAN Modbus RTU DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 m network physical interface D 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 o fiber optic with star or ring architecture Sepam communication interfaces are presented in detail on page 157 Easy implementation The communication interfaces are remote modules that are easy to install and connect The SFT2841 software is used for complete setup of the communication interfaces m protocol sele
53. curve in RI and 1 specific Schneider curve Protection Description ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload Protection against thermal damage caused by overloads on m machines transformers motors or generators m cables m capacitors The thermal capacity used is calculated according to a mathematical model which takes into account m current RMS values m ambient temperature m negative sequence current a cause of motor rotor temperature rise The thermal capacity used calculations may be used to calculate predictive data for process control assistance The protection may be inhibited by a logic input when required by process control conditions Thermal overload for machines Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m 1 adjustable alarm set point m 1 adjustable tripping set point m adjustable initial thermal capacity used setting to adapt protection characteristics to fit manufacturer s thermal withstand curves m equipment heating and cooling time constants The cooling time constant may be calculated automatically based on measurement of the equipment temperature by a sensor Thermal overload for cables Characteristics m 1groupof settings m cable current carrying capacity which determines alarm and trip set points m cable heating and cooling time constants Thermal overload for capacitors Characteristics m 1groupof settings m alarm current which determines the alarm set point m overload current which determ
54. fiber optic connector Maximum length of fiber optic network Fiber diameter Numerical Attenuation Minimum optical Maximum fiber um aperture dBm km power available length NA dBm m 50 125 0 2 2 7 5 6 700 62 5 125 0 275 3 2 9 4 1800 100 140 0 3 4 14 9 2800 200 HCS 0 37 6 19 2 2600 Maximum length calculated with m minimum optical power available m maximum fiber attenuation m losses in 2 ST connectors 0 6 dBm m optical power margin 3 dBm according to IEC60870 standard Example for a 62 5 125 um fiber Lmax 9 4 3 0 6 3 2 1 8 km Dimensions 7 ACE969TP 5 Z SUI 90 xp ROE SEI px 4 TST US bese N OOS 144 gt 52 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication interfaces ACE969TP et ACE969FO Interfaces network Description ACE969 communication interfaces ACE969TP ACE969FO Grounding earthing terminal using supplied braid Power supply terminal block 3 RJ45 connector to connect the interface to the base unit with a CCA612 cord 4 Green LED ACE969 energized 5 Red LED ACE969 interface status m LED off ACE969 set up and communication operational m LED flashing ACE969 not set up or setup incorrect m LED remains on ACE969 has faulted 6 Serv
55. for connection to port on the MCS025 module m black RJ45 connector for connection to the Sepam series 80 base unit either directly or via another remote module Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Communication Selection guide accessories There are 2 types of Sepam communication accessories m communication interfaces which are essential for connecting Sepam to the communication network m converters and other accessories as options which are used for complete implementation of the communication network Communication interface selection guide Type of network S LAN or E LAN 1 S LAN or E LAN 1 S LAN or E LAN S LAN E LAN S LAN E LAN Protocol Modbus n n n n n n DNP3 n n CEI 60870 5 103 n n Physical interface RS 485 2 wire n n n n 4 wire n Fiber optic ST Star n n Ring m 2 See details on page 158 159 160 161 161 1 Only one connection possible S LAN or E LAN 2 Except with the Modbus protocol Converter selection guide Converter Port to 1 RS232 port 1 2 wire RS 485 port 1 2 wire RS 485 port 1 Ethernet port 1 Ethernet port supervisor 10 100 base Tx 10 100 base Tx and 1 Ethernet port 100 base Fx Port to Sepam 1 2 wire RS 485 port 1 2 wire RS 485 port 1 2 wire RS 485 port 2 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 2 2 wire RS 485 ports or 4 wire RS485 ports Distribute
56. in the table below are available regardless of the voltages measured Residual voltage measured vo Vnt vo Vnt vo Vnt vo Vnt connection variant v 5 v 6 v 5 v 6 v 5 v 6 v 5 v 6 Protection functions dependent on voltages measured Directional phase overcurrent 67 n n n L n n Directional earth fault 67N 67NC n L n n n n Directional active overpower 32P n L n L L n Directional reactive active overpower 32Q n n n L n n Directional active underpower 37P n n n L L n Field loss underimpedance 40 n n n n n n Pole slip phase shift 78PS n n n L L n Voltage restrained overcurrent 50V 51V n n n L n Underimpedance 21B n L L n n Inadvertent energization 50 27 n L n L n n 100 stator earth fault 64G2 27TN n n Overfluxing V Hz 24 n n n L L n n n L n n Positive sequence undervoltage 27D go go n BO m O L Remanent undervoltage 27R go go n BO BO n HOZ HO H HOZ HO H Undervoltage L L or L N 27 go go n BO BO n HOZ HO H HOZ HO H Overvoltage L L or L N 59 go go n BO BO n BOZIEO H BOZIEO H Neutral voltage displacement 59N go go n go n sO uH sO uH Negative sequence overvoltage 47 go go n go n go Overfrequency 81H go BO n BO BO n BOZIEO H HOZ ENO H Underfrequency 81L BO BO n BO BO n BOZIEO H BOZIEO H Rate of change of frequency 81R n n n n n n Measurements dependent on voltages measured Phas
57. indication LEDs Move cursor up Confirm data entry 10 Move cursor down 11 RS 232 PC connection port 12 Transparent door DE51780 j OU R MN di i LW L O 01 R O ND Al oo N 13 Entry of 2 passwords 14 Mimic based UMI display 15 Sepam reset 16 Display of alarm messages 17 Acknowledgement and clearing of alarms 18 Display of switchgear and network diagnosis data 11 175 A U21 6 61 kV P 1 81 MW Q 860 kvar o or LED test 19 Display and adaptation of activated protection e 11 settings sry 20 Display of measurements o bi of 12 21 Display of Sepam and Logipam data 22 Three position key switch to select Sepam control mode 21 Ane 25 24 23 122 20 118 116 114 113 23 Backup battery 24 Memory cartridge 25 Door ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Description Rear Pangi Base unit 8 fixing points for 4 spring clips Red LED Sepam unavailable Green LED Sepam on Gasket A a 20 pin connector for ecco 000 00 00 00 008 000 oo oo oo oep ul m 24 V DC to 250 V DC auxiliary supply m 5 relay outputs Connector for 3 phase current I1 12 13 inputs m Sepam T87 M87 M88 G87 G88 connector for 3 phase current l 1 l 2 I 3 inputs m Sepam B83
58. kVARh to 5 MVARh P Rated transformer power 100 kVA to 999 MVA Un1 Rated winding 1 voltage 220 V to 220 kV main channels Un2 Rated winding 2 voltage 220 V to 400 kV additional channels l In1 Rated winding 1 current not adjustable Int P 3 Un1 In2 Rated winding 2 current not adjustable In2 P V3 Un2 Transformer vector shift Oto 11 Qn Rated speed motor generator 100 to 3600 rpm R Number of pulses per rotation for speed acquisition 1 to 1800 Qn x R 60 lt 1500 Zero speed set point 5 to 20 of Qn Number of capacitor steps 1to4 Connection of capacitor steps Star Delta Capacitor step ratio Step 1 1 Step 2 1 2 Step 3 1 2 3 4 Step 4 1 2 3 4 6 8 1 In values for LPCT in Amps 25 50 100 125 133 200 250 320 400 500 630 666 1000 1600 2000 3150 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Sepam series 80 Metering Sepam is a precision metering unit All the metering and diagnosis data used for commissioning and required for the operation and maintenance of your equipment are available locally or remotely expressed in the units concerned A V W etc Phase current RMS current for each phase taking into account harmonics up to number 13 Different types of sensors may be used to meter phase current m 1A or 5 A current transformers m LPCT typ
59. lena cor SM6 Medium voltage switchboard system from 1 to 36 kV Trihal The Technical guide These technical guides help you comply with installation standards and rules i e The electrical installation guide the protection guide the switchboard implementation guide the technical booklets and the co ordination tables all form genuine reference tools for the design of high performance electrical installations For example the LV protection co ordination guide discrimination and cascading optimises choice of protection and connection devices while also increasing markedly continuity of supply in the installations MV LV dry cast resin transformer from 160 to 5000 k Sepam Protection relays Masterpact Protection switchgear from 100 to 6300 A Evolis MV vacuum switchgear and components from 1 to 24 kV CAD software and tools The CAD software and tools enhance productivity and safety pe They help you create your installations p by simplifying product choice through La i easy browsing in the Guiding System e E offers i na Last but not least they optimise use of our products while also complying with standards and proper procedures coure RRR Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Compact Multi 9 Prisma Plus Protection switchgear system Modular protection switc
60. logic inputs of an optional MES120 input output module local control orders transmitted by the mimic based UMI remote control orders TC received via the Modbus communication link actual processing of the control and monitoring function utilization of the processing results activation of output relays to control a device information sent to the facility manager by message and or LED on the Sepam display and SFT2841 software by remote indication TS via the Modbus communication link by real time indications on device status on the animated mimic diagram O O a a O O Logic inputs and outputs The number of Sepam inputs outputs must be adapted to fit the control and monitoring functions used The 5 outputs included in the Sepam series 80 base unit may be extended by adding 1 2 or 3 MES120 modules with 14 logic inputs and 6 output relays After the number of MES120 modules required for the needs of an application is set the logic inputs are assigned to functions The functions are chosen from a list which covers the whole range of possible uses The functions are adapted to meet needs within the limits of the logic inputs available The inputs may also be inverted for undervoltage type operation A default input output assignment is proposed for the most frequent uses PE50249 Maximum Sepam series 80 configuration with 3 MES120 modules 42 inputs and 23 outputs ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way
61. ls Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 20 s Measurement origin Main channels I or additional channels I Confirmation None By negative sequence overvoltage By phase to phase undervoltage 1 Tripping as of 1 2 Is Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Sepam series 80 Protection Setting ranges ANSI 50N 51N or 50G 51G Earth fault Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Customized DT IsO set point 0 01 to 15 InO min 0 1 A Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 01 to 1 InO min 0 1 A IDMT 0 1 sto 12 5 s at 10 IsO Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5sto20s Measurement origin ANSI 50V 51V Voltage restrained overcurrent 10 input l O input sum of phase currents 10 or sum of phase currents l 0X Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT IEC SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Customized DT Is set point
62. m Description and dimensions a and Terminal blocks for network cable RJ45 plug to connect the interface to the base unit with a CCA612 cord D Terminal block for a separate auxiliary power supply 12 V DC or 24 V DC Grounding earthing terminal 1 Activity LED flashes when communication is active sending or receiving in progress 2 Jumper for RS 485 network line end impedance matching with load resistor Rc 150 Q to be set to m if the module is not at one end of the RS 485 network default position m Rc if the module is at one end of the RS 485 network 3 Network cable clamps inner diameter of clamp 6 mm Connection m connection of network cable to screw type terminal blocks A and m connection of earthing terminal by tinned copper braid or cable fitted with 4 mm ring lug Ensure correct tightening maximum tightening torque is 2 2 Nm m the interfaces are fitted with clamps to hold the network cable and recover shielding at the incoming and outgoing points of the network cable O the network cable must be stripped D the cable shielding braid must be around and in contact with the clamp m the interface is to be connected to connector on the base unit using a CCA612 cord length 3 m green fittings m the interfaces are to be supplied with 12 V DC or 24 V DC m the ACE959 can be connected to a separate distributed power supply not included in shielded cable Terminal block is used
63. mode FY prensa che TIVE DIE SSP al E m configuration of Sepam and optional modules and entry of general settings Ez es m enabling disabling of functions and entry of protection settings m adaptation of predefined control and monitoring functions m creation of personalized mimic diagrams for local display EDH mis ih Hn be immi Sepam commissioning via a point to point connection to the front panel m access to all functions available in unconnected mode after entering the protection setting or parameter setting password m transfer of Sepam parameter and protection setting file prepared in unconnected mode downloading function protected by the parameter setting password m display of all measurements and useful information during commissioning m display of logic input logic output and LED status m test of logic outputs m display of Logipam variables PR ARR AAS m setting of Logipam parameters configuration bits timers etc r pipun mune m modification of passwords PE50304 perc Management of protection functions and network diagnostics i with an E LAN multipoint network connection m reading of all Sepam protection and parameter settings modifications following entry of the protection setting or parameter setting password fsm m display of all the Sepam measurement data m display of Sepam switchgear and network diagnosis data m display of time tagged alarm messages m retrieval of disturbance recording data ET
64. n Free Thermistor alarm n n n n n n Free Rotor speed measurement n n n n 1104 Rotor rotation detection n L Free Motor re acceleration n un Free Load shedding request n n Free Inhibit undercurrent n n Free Priority genset shutdown n n Free De excitation n n Free Close enable ANSI 25 n n n L n n L n n H Free Inhibit opposite side remote control local m L n n n n n n un H Free Inhibit remote control coupling local n n n n L n n n un n Free Coupling open n L n n n n n n Free Coupling closed n n n n n n n n L n Free Opposite side open n n n n n n n n n Free Opposite side closed n n n n n n L L n n Free Selector set to Manual ANSI 43 n n n n n a n n n L Free Selector set to Auto ANSI 43 n n n n n n n n n n Free Selector set to Circuit breaker ANSI 10 n n n n n n n L n n Free Selector set to Coupling ANSI 10 n L n n n n n n n n Free Opposite side circuit breaker disconnected m n n n n n n n n Free Coupling circuit breaker disconnected n n n n n n n n L n Free Coupling close order n L n n n n n L Free Opposite side voltage OK n n n n n n n n n Free Inhibit closing of coupling L n L n n n L n n Free Automatic closing order n n n n n n n n n n Free External closing order 1 n L Free External closing order 2 n n Free Additional phase voltage transformer fuse L a Free blown Additional VO voltage transformer fuse blow a Free Capacitor step 1 open l Free Capacitor step 1 closed l Free Capacitor step 2 open n Free Capacito
65. n n Active power P P1 P2 P3 a a L a n L L a n a n n Reactive power Q Q1 Q2 Q3 n n a a n n n L n n n n n n n n Apparent power S S1 S2 S3 LI a L L L L n L n n n Peak demand power PM QM a a n L n L a n n n Power factor n n n n n n n n n n n n L n Calculated active and reactive energy Wh VARh m n n n n n n n n n n L L un Active and reactive energy by pulse counting 2 O o D o D O O O o o oO O O o o O Wh VARh Phase current l 1 l 2 l 3 RMS a n Calculated residual current l OX n n n n Voltage U 21 V 1 and frequency n Voltage U 21 U 32 U 13 V 1 V 2 V 3 V d V i and n frequency Residual voltage V 0 n Temperature 16 RTDs 3 a O O o O O O O O O Rotation speed 2 o O O o o o Neutral point voltage Vnt L a a n n un Tripping context n n n L n n n n n n n n Tripping current Tripl1 Tripl2 Tripl3 a n n n n n n n n n n n n L L n Phase fault and earth fault trip counters n n n n n n n n n n n n n n L Unbalance ratio negative sequence current li L n a n n n n n n n n n n n n un Harmonic distortion THD current and voltage lthd m n n n n n n E n n n n n Uthd Phase displacement g0 g 0 pox n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n Phase displacement 91 92 93 n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n Disturbance recording n n n n n n n n n n n n n L L The
66. n n n n n n n n n n Free External negative active energy meter m n n n n n n n n n n n Free External positive reactive energy meter m n n n n n n n n n n n Free External negative reactive energy meter m n n n n n n n n n n n Free Racked out circuit breaker n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Switch A closed n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Switch A open n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Switch B closed n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Switch B open n n n n n n L n n n n n n Free Closing coil monitoring n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Logic input output MES120 MES120G modules 14 input 6 output module Logic input output assignment Assignment table of logic inputs by application 187 G87 G821E Inhibit recloser Inhibit thermal overload n n n n Switching of thermal settings n n n n n n Free Blocking reception 1 n n L n n n L n n n Free Blocking reception 2 n n L n Free Buchholz trip n n n n Free Thermostat trip n n n n Free Pressure trip L n n n Free Thermistor trip n n n L n n Free Buchholz alarm L n L n Free Thermostat alarm n n n n Free Pressure alarm n n n
67. new remote indication m used by the predefined control and monitoring functions m used to inhibit or reset a protection function Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Presentation Base units are defined according to the User Machine Interface following characteri istics Two types of User Machine Interfaces UMI are available for Sepam series 80 base m type of User Machine Interface UMI units m working language m mimic based UMI m type of base unit connector m advanced UMI The advanced UMI can be integrated in the base unit or installed remotely on the m type of current sensor connector cubicle Integrated and remote advanced UMIs offer the same functions E type of voltage sensor connector A Sepam series 80 with a remote advanced UMI is made up of m abare base unit without any UMI for mounting inside the LV compartment m a remote advanced UMI DSM303 O for flush mounting on the front panel of the cubicle in the location most suitable for the facility manager o for connection to the Sepam base unit using a prefabricated CCA77x cord The characteristics of the remote advanced UMI module DSM303 are presented on page 151 Comprehensive data for facility managers All the data required for local equipment operation may be displayed on demand m display of all measurement and diag
68. of devices All the devices for which opening and closing are controlled by Sepam can be controlled locally using the mimic based UMI The most common interlock conditions can be defined be logic equations or by Logipam The sure and simple operating procedure is the following m select the device to be controlled by moving the selection window using the keys or Sepam checks whether local control of the selected device is authorized and informs the operator selection window with a solid line m selection confirmation for the device to be controlled by pressing the key M the selection window flashes m device control by pressing o key open order o or key I close order ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Adaptation of predefined functions using the SFT2841 software The predefined control and monitoring functions can be adapted for particular needs using the SFT2841 software which offers the following customization options m logic equation editor to adapt and complete the predefined control and monitoring functions m creation of personalized messages for local annunciation m creation of custom mimic diagrams corresponding to the controlled devices m customization of the control matrix by changing the assignment of output relays LEDs and annunciation messages O
69. of the breaking device operating mechanism Functions Metering and diagnosis Sepam series 80 Description Sepam self diagnosis Sepam includes a number of self tests carried out in the base unit and optional modules The purpose of the self tests is to m detect internal failures that may cause nuisance tripping or failed fault tripping m put Sepam in fail safe position to avoid any unwanted operation m alert the facility manager of the need for maintenance operations Internal failure Two categories of internal failures are monitored major failures Sepam shutdown to fail safe position The protection functions are inhibited the output relays are forced to drop out and the Watchdog output indicates Sepam shutdown minor failures downgraded Sepam operation Sepam s main functions are operational and equipment protection is ensured Battery monitoring Monitoring of battery voltage to guarantee data is saved in the event of an outage A battery fault generates an alarm Detection of plugged connectors The system checks that the current or voltage sensors are plugged in A missing connector is a major failure Configuration checking The system checks that the optional modules configured are present and working correctly The absence or failure of a remote module is a minor failure the absence or failure of a logic input output module is a major failure ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Franc
70. output module Installation Assembly Installation of an MES120 module on the base unit m insert the 2 pins on the MES module into the slots 1 on the base unit m push the module flat up against the base unit to plug it into the connector H2 m partially tighten the two mounting screws 2 before locking them MES120 modules must be mounted in the following order m if only one module is required connect it to connector H1 m if 2 modules are required connect them to connectors H1 and H2 m if 3 modules are required maximum configuration the 3 connectors H1 H2 and PE50026 H3 are used 1 Installation of the second MES120 module connected to base unit connector H2 Connection MES120 Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently The inputs are potential free and the DC power supply source is external DE51645 Wiring of connectors wiring without fittings o 1 wire with maximum cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with maximum cross section 0 2 to 1 mm 2 AWG 24 16 o stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings o recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for one 1 5 mm wire DZ5CE025D for one 2 5 mm wire AZ5DE010D for two 1 mm wires o tube length 8 2 mm D stripped length 8 mm
71. power average voltage phase to neutral and phase to phase maximum unbalance power factor frequency event information minimum and maximum current values maximum demand current date and time of last reset historical data recording over 38 days of three user selectable parameters energy by default every 15 30 or 60 minutes with graphic display and data export to an Excel file OOmgoOoogoogogeoOmseOBPOOOO GEG O omno00ms 0 0 0200000 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sensors Selection guide Phase current sensors Two types of sensor may be used with Sepam to measure phase current m 1A or 5 A current transformers m LPCT Low Power Current Transducer type current sensors Selection guide 1Aor5A current sensors are m to be sized case by case accuracy electrical characteristics etc m defined according to the IEC 60044 1 standard The LPCT type current sensors are simple to size a given LPCT sensor is suitable for the measurement of different rated currents for example the CLP1 sensor measures rated currents of 25 to 1250 A m defined according to the IEC 60044 8 standard rated secondary voltage 22 5 mV Residual current sensors The residual current value may be obtained using different sensors and assemblies which are chosen according to the required performance measurement accuracy
72. reset m the list of alarm messages remains accessible A key and may be cleared by pressing the T key ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Control and monitoring Sepam series 40 Adaptation of predefined functions using the SFT2841 software The predefined control and monitoring functions can be adapted for particular needs using the SFT2841 software which offers the following customization options m customization of the control matrix by changing the assignment of output relays LEDs and annunciation messages m logic equation editor to adapt and complete the predefined control and monitoring functions Sepam series 40 only m creation of personalized messages for local annunciation Sepam series 40 only Control matrix The control matrix is a simple way to assign data from m protection functions m control and monitoring functions m logic inputs m logic equations to the following output data m output relays m 9 LEDs on the front panel of Sepam m messages for local annunciation m triggering of disturbance recording PE50133 SFT2841 control matrix Logic equation editor Sepam series 40 The logic equation editor included in the SFT2841 software can be used to m complete protection function processing D additional interlocking D conditional inhibition validation of functions o etc
73. steven Functions Sepam series 80 Metering and diagnosis Description Machine diagnosis assistance Sepam assists facility managers by providing m data on the operation of their machines m predictive data to optimize process management m useful data to facilitate protection function setting and implementation Thermal capacity used Equivalent temperature buildup in the machine calculated by the thermal overload protection function Displayed as a percentage of rated thermal capacity Remaining operating time before overload tripping Predictive data calculated by the thermal overload protection function The time is used by facility managers to optimize process management in real time by deciding to m interrupt according to procedures m continue operation with inhibition of thermal protection on overloaded machine Waiting time after overload tripping Predictive data calculated by the thermal overload protection function Waiting time to avoid further tripping of thermal overload protection by premature re energizing of insufficiently cooled down equipment Running hours counter operating time Equipment is considered to be running whenever a phase current is over 0 1 Ib Cumulative operating time is given in hours Motor starting overload current and time A motor is considered to be starting or overloaded when a phase current is over 1 2 Ib For each start overload Sepam stores m maximum current drawn
74. to 55 C Storage temperature 25 C to 70 C Description and dimensions E ACE990 input terminal block for connection of the core balance CT S ACE990 output terminal block for connection of the Sepam residual current input DE51681 E1E2E3E4E5 8 MERLIN GERIN le S1 S2 aso Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven DE51682 Sensors ACE990 Example Given a core balance CT with a ratio of 1 400 2 VA used within a measurement range of 0 5 A to 60 A How should it be connected to Sepam via the ACE990 1 2 3 Choose a close approximation of the rated current InO i e 5 A Calculate the ratio approx InO number of turns 5 400 0 0125 Find the closest value of k in the table opposite k 0 01136 Check the mininum power required for the core balance CT 2 VA core balance CT gt 0 1 VA OK Connect the core balance secondary to ACE990 input terminals E2 and E4 Set Sepam up with InO 0 0136 x 400 4 5 A This value of In0 may be used to monitor current between 0 45 A and 67 5 A Wiring of MV core balance secondary circuit m MV core balance CT S1 output to ACE990 E2 input terminal m MV core balance CT S2 output to ACE990 E4 input terminal ACE990 Core balance CT interface Terminals connection Connection of core balance CT Only
75. use of ANSI 87T and 87M differential protection functions on the Sepam T87 M87 M88 G87 and G88 Connection of 3 Low Power Current Transducer LPCT type sensors to the CCA671 connector It is necessary to connect 3 sensors if only one or two sensors are CCA671 _ connected Sepam goes into fail safe position DE51790 Measurement of the 3 phase currents allows the calculation of residual current ARE LI The In parameter primary rated current measured by an LPCT is to be chosen from E gt the following values in Amps 25 50 100 125 133 200 250 320 400 500 630 ene Mt 666 1000 1600 2000 3150 Parameter to be set using the SFT2841 software tool to be completed by hardware setting of the microswitches on the CCA671 connector It is not possible to use LPCT sensors for the following measurements m phase current measurements for Sepam T87 M88 and G88 with ANSI 87T transformer differential protection connectors Bi and 62 m phase current measurements for Sepam B83 connector E m unbalance current measurements for Sepam C86 connector d ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Residual current inputs Sepam series 80 Residual current is calculated by the vector sum of the 3 phase currents 11 12 and 13 measured by 3 x 1 A or 5 A CTs or by 3 LPCT type sensors
76. with inhibition of thermal protection on overloaded machine Waiting time after overload tripping Predictive data calculated by the thermal overload protection function Waiting time to avoid further tripping of thermal overload protection by premature re energizing of insufficiently cooled down equipment Running hours counter operating time Equipment is considered to be running whenever a phase current is over 0 1 Ib Cumulative operating time is given in hours Motor starting overload current and time A motor is considered to be starting or overloaded when a phase current is over 1 2 Ib For each start overload Sepam stores m maximum current drawn by the motor m starting overload time The values are stored until the following start overload Number of starts before inhibition start inhibit time Indicates the number of starts still allowed by the starts per hour protection function and if the number is zero the waiting time before starting is allowed again Metering and diagnosis Description Network diagnosis assistance Sepam provides network power quality metering functions and all the data on network disturbances detected by Sepam are recorded for analysis purposes Tripping context Storage of tripping currents and 10 li U21 U32 U13 VO Vi Vd f P and Q values when tripping occurs The values for the last five trips are stored Tripping current Storage of the 3 phase currents and earth
77. 0 670 4183 e www steven ACE919CA and ACE919CC RS 485 RS 485 converters Function The ACE919 converters are used to connect a master central computer equipped with an RS 485 type serial port as a standard feature to stations connected to a 2 wire RS 485 network Without requiring any flow control signals the ACE919 converters perform network polarization and impedance matching The ACE919 converters also provide a 12 V DC or 24 V DC supply for the distributed power supply of the Sepam ACE949 ACE959 or ACE969 interfaces There are 2 types of ACE919 converters m ACE919CC DC powered m ACE919CA AC powered Characteristics Weight Assembly 0 280 kg On symmetrical or asymmetrical DIN rail Power supply 110 to 220 V AC 24 to 48 V DC 20 10 47 to 63 Hz Protection by time delayed fuse 5 mm x 20 mm 1 A rating 1 A rating Galvanic isolation 2000 Vrms 50 Hz between power supply and frame and 1 min between power supply and interface supply 11 bits 1 start 8 bits 1 parity 1 stop lt 100 ns 12 VDC or 24 V DC 12 Data format Transmission delay Distributed power supply for Sepam interfaces Maximum number of Sepam interfaces with distributed supply Operating temperature 5 C to 55 C 60255 22 4 4 kV with capacitive coupling in common mode 2 kV with direct coupling in common mode 1 kV with direct coupling in differential mode 1 kV com
78. 0 vector m type 2 the protection function uses the I0 vector magnitude with half plane tripping zone m type 3 the protection function uses the lO vector magnitude with angular sector tripping zone ANSI 67N 67NC type 1 Directional earth fault protection for impedant isolated or compensated neutral systems based on the projection of measured residual current Type 1 characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT curve m choice of tripping direction m characteristic projection angle m no timer hold m with voltage memory to make the protection insensitive to recurrent faults in compensated neutral systems ANSI 67N 67NC type 2 Directional overcurrent protection for impedance and solidly earthed systems based on measured or calculated residual current It comprises an earth fault function associated with direction detection and picks up if the earth fault function in the chosen direction line or busbar is activated Type 2 characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT or IDMT curve choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves m choice of tripping direction with or without timer hold ANSI 67N 67NC type 3 Directional overcurrent protection for distribution networks in which the neutral earthing system varies according to the operating mode based on measured residual current It comprises an earth fault funct
79. 08 MVARh 1 1 digit Do Temperature 30 C to 200 C 1 C from 20 or 22 F to 392 F to 140 C Rotation speed 0 to 7200 rpm 1 rpm Network diagnosis assistance Tripping context o Tripping current 0 02 to 40 In 5 D Number of trips 0 to 65535 Do Negative sequence unbalance 1 to 500 of Ib 2 Total harmonic distortion current 0 to 100 1 Total harmonic distortion voltage 0 to 100 t1 Phase displacement 0 between VO and 10 0 to 359 2 Phase displacement g1 p2 93 between V and 0 to 359 2 Disturbance recording o Amplitude difference 0 to 1 2 Usync1 1 Frequency difference 0 to 10 Hz 0 5 Hz Phase difference 0 to 359 2 Out of sync context o Machine operating assistance Thermal capacity used 0 to 800 1 Do 100 for phase Ib Remaining operating time before overload tripping 0 to 999 min 1 min Waiting time after overload tripping 0 to 999 min 1 min Running hours counter operating time 0 to 65535 hours 1 or 0 5 h Do Starting current 1 2 Ib to 40 In 5 o Starting time O to 300 s 300 ms oO Number of starts before inhibition 0 to 60 Start inhibit time 0 to 360 min 1 min Differential current 0 015 to 40 In 1 Through current 0 015 to 40 In 1 Phase displacement 01 62 93 between and l 0 to 359 2 Apparent impedance Zd Z21 Z32 Z13 0 to 200 kQ 5 Third harmonic neutral point voltage 0 2 to 30 of Vnp 1 Third harmonic residual voltage 0 2 to 90 of Vnp 1 Capacit
80. 1 n n Inhibit remote control 1 n n L L 125 SF6 1 n n n n SF6 2 a a E 126 Switching of thermal settings E E Inhibit thermal overload a a Inhibit recloser n Logic outputs Tripping n n L L 01 Inhibit closing H n n n 02 Watchdog n n n 04 Close order n n n O11 Note all of the logic inputs are available via the communication link and are accessible in the SFT2841 matrix for other non predefined applications 1 These inputs have parameter setting with the prefix NEG for undervoltage type operation 2 Buchholz Gaz trip message 3 Thermostat trip message 4 Pressure trip message ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Logic input output MES114 MES114E MES114F modules 14 input 6 output module Logic input output assignment of Sepam series 40 Inputs and outputs may be assigned to predefined control and monitoring functions using the SFT2841 software according to the uses listed in the table below all the logic inputs whether or not assigned to predefined functions may be used for the SFT2841 customization functions according to specific application needs in the control matrix to link inputs to output relays LED indications or display messages D in the logic equation editor as logic equation variables m the control logic of each input may be inverted for undervoltage type operation Assign
81. 115 120 200 230 V 100 110 115 120 200 230 V 2 VTs U21 U32 100 110 115 120 V 100 110 115 120 V 1 VT V1 100 110 115 120 V 100 110 115 120 V Unso Secondary zero sequence voltage for primary zero Uns 3 or Uns v3 Uns 3 or Uns v3 sequence voltage Unp v3 Rated frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz 50 Hz or 60 Hz Integration period for demand current and peak demand current and power 5 10 15 30 60 mn 5 10 15 30 60 mn Pulse type accumulated energy meter Increments active energy 0 1 kW h to 5 MW h Increments reactive energy 0 1 kvar h to 5 Mvar h 1 In values for LPCT in Amps 25 50 100 125 133 200 250 320 400 500 630 666 1000 1600 2000 3150 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Metering and diagnosis Description Metering Sepam is a precision metering unit All the metering and diagnosis data used for commissioning and required for the operation and maintenance of your equipment are available locally or remotely expressed in the units concerned A V W etc Phase current RMS current for each phase taking into account harmonics up to number 13 Different types of sensors may be used to meter phase current m 1Aor5 A current transformers m LPCT type current sensors Residual current Two residual current valu
82. 15 VA 100 V VT lt 0 015 VA 100 V VT Continuous thermal withstand 240 V 240 V 1 second overload 480 V 480 V Control relay outputs 01 to 04 Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127 V DC 220 V DC AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 8A 8A 8A 8A Breaking capacity Resistive load 8A 4A 0 7 A 0 3 A Load L R lt 20 ms 6A 2A 0 5 A 0 2 A Load L R lt 40 ms 4A 1A 0 2 A 0 1 A Resistive load 8A Load p f gt 0 3 5A Making capacity lt 15 A for 200 ms Annunciation relay output 05 Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127V DC 220 V DC AC 47 5 to 63 Hz 100 to 240 V AC Continuous current 2A 2A 2A 2A Breaking capacity L R load lt 20 ms 2A 1A 0 5A 0 15 A Load p f gt 0 3 1A Power supply Voltage 24 to 250 V DC 20 10 Maximum consumption 10 to 16 W according to configuration Inrush current lt 10A10ms Acceptable ripple content 12 Acceptable momentary outages 100 ms Battery gt Egg ODO ORGY Z IgNrgAgr ia Format 1 2 AA lithium 3 6 V Service life 10 years Sepam energized 8 years Sepam not energized ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Sepam series 80 Base unit Environmental characteristics Emission tests Disturbing field emission IEC 60255 25 EN 55022 A Conducted disturbance emission IEC
83. 1V Voltage restrained overcurrent Phase to phase short circuit protection for generators The current tripping set point is voltage adjusted in order to be sensitive to faults close to the generator which cause voltage drops and lowers the short circuit current Characteristics m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT IDMT choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves or customized curve m with or without timer hold ANSI 21B Underimpedance Phase to phase short circuit protection for generators based on the calculation of apparent phase to phase impedance z21 V2 12 11 apparent impedance between phases 1 and 2 Protection Description Characteristics m circular characteristic centered at origin defined by adjustable set point Zs XA DE51844 Zs Circular tripping characteristic of ANSI 21B protection m time delayed definite time DT tripping when one of the three apparent impedances enters the circular tripping characteristic ANSI 50 27 Inadvertent energization Checking of generator starting sequence to detect inadvertent energization of generators that are shut down a generator which is energized when shut down runs like a motor Consists of an instantaneous phase overcurrent protection confirmed by a time delayed undervoltage protection function ANSI 64G 100 stator earth fault Protection of generators with earthed neutral against phase to earth insulation fau
84. 2 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com DE50275 DE51775 Functions Sepam series 80 gt Is time delayed output gt Is pick up signal LI LI LI LI T LI Value of internal time delay counter I k T1 i Detection of restriking faults with adjustable timer hold Measurement origin example Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Protection Main characteristics Setting of IDMT tripping curves time delay T or TMS factor The time delays of current IDMT tripping curves except for customized and RI curves may be set as follows m time T operating time at 10 x Is m TMS factor factor shown as T in the equations on the left Timer hold The adjustable timer hold T1 is used for m detection of restriking faults DT curve m coordination with electromechanical relays IDMT curve Timer hold may be inhibited if necessary 2 groups of settings Phase to phase and phase to earth short circuit protection Each unit has 2 groups of settings A and B to adapt the settings to suit the network configuration The active group of settings A or B is set by a logic input or the communication link Example of use normal backup mode network m
85. 2 13 11 12 18 11 12 13 Additional channels al 2s Ws Residual current inputs Main channel 10 10 10 10 10 10 Additional channels ro ro ro ro Unbalance current I 1 P2 P3 l O inputs for capacitor steps Phase voltage inputs Main channel V1 V2 V3 V1 V2 V3 V1 V2 V3 V1 V2 V3 V1 V2 V3 V1 V2 V3 or U21 U32 or U21 U32 or U21 U32 or U21 U32 or U21 U32 or U21 U32 Additional channels V 1 or U 21 V1 V2 V 3 or U 21 U 32 Residual voltage inputs Main channel vo vo vo vo vo vo Additional channel vo Temperature inputs T1 to T16 T1 to T16 T1 to T16 on MET148 2 module Note by extension an additional measurement current or voltage is a value measured via an additional analog channel 1 Available with phase voltage U21 U32 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 General settings The general settings define the characteristics of the measurement sensors connected to Sepam and determine the performance of the metering and protection functions used They are accessed via the SFT2841 setting software General Characteristics CT VT Sensors and Particular characteristics tabs In l n Rated phase current 20r31A 5ACTs 1 Ato 6250 A sensor primary current 3 LPCTs 25 A to 3150 Al
86. 2 n n n n n 0103 by default Genset shutdown n n Free De excitation n n Free Load shedding n n Free AT closing of NO circuit breaker n n L n L L L n Free AT closing of coupling n n n Free AT opening of coupling n n n n n n n n n n Free Tripping of capacitor step 1 to 4 n Free Tripping of capacitor step 1 to 4 n Free Note The logic outputs assigned by default may be freely reassigned Assignment table for logic inputs common to all applications Closed circuit breaker n n n n n n n n n n n n n 1101 Open circuit breaker n n n n n n n n n n n n n 1102 Synchronization of Sepam internal clock m n n L n n n n n n n n n 1103 via external pulse Switching of groups of settings A B n n n n n n n n n n n n Free External reset n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Earthing switch closed n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Earthing switch open n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free External trip 1 n n n n n n n n n n n n Free External trip 2 n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free External trip 3 n n n n n n n n n n n n Free End of charging position n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Inhibit remote control Local n n n a n n n n n n n n n Free SF6 pressure default n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Inhibit closing n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Open order n n n n n L n L n n n Free Close order n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free Phase VT fuse blown n n n n L n n n n n n n n Free VO VT fuse blown n n n n n n n n n n n n n Free External positive active energy meter n n n
87. 3mA 3mA Typical switching threshold 14VDC 155 V DC Input limit voltage At state 0 lt 6VDC lt 144 V DC At state 1 gt 19 V DC gt 170 V DC Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127 VDC 220VDC AC 100 to 47 5 to 63 Hz 240 V AC Continuous current 8A 8A 8A 8A Breaking capacity Resistive load 8 4A 0 7 A 0 3 A 8A Load 6 2A 0 5 A 0 2 A L R lt 20 ms Load 4 1A 0 2 A 0 1 A L R lt 40 ms Load 5A p f gt 0 3 Making capacity lt 15 A for 200 ms Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127VDC 220VDC AC 100 to 47 5 to 240 V AC 63 Hz Continuous current 2A 2A 2A 2A Breaking capacity Load 2 1A 0 5 A 0 15 A L R lt 20 ms Load 1A p f gt 0 3 Description 3 removable lockable screw type connectors 1 20 pin connector for 9 logic inputs m x01 to 1x04 4 independent logic inputs m 1x0O5 to Ix09 5 common point logic inputs 2 7 pin connector for 5 common point logic inputs 1x10 a 1x14 3 17 pin connector for 6 relay outputs m Ox01 1 control relay output m Ox02 to Ox06 5 indication relay outputs Addressing of MES120 module inputs outputs m X 1 for the module connected to H1 m x 2 for the module connected to H2 m x 3 for the module connected to H3 4 MES120G identification label MES120 modules have no labels ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Logic input output MES120 MES120G modules 14 input 6
88. 40 27S Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San F Phase voltage sensor parameter setting Residual voltage sensor parameter setting Voltages measured Values calculated Measurements unavailable Protection functions unavailable according to type of Sepam rancisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven U21 None U21 f U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 VO Vd Vi 67 47 27D 32P 32Q 40 67N 67NC 59N 27S ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 80 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Introduction 7 Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 43 Sepam series 80 80 Selection table 80 Functions 82 Sensor inputs 82 General settings 83 Metering and diagnosis 84 Description 84 Characteristics 89 Protection 90 Description 90 Tripping curves 96 Main characteristics 97 Setting ranges 98 Control and monitoring 102 Description 102 Description of predefined functions 103 Adaptation of predefined functions using the SFT2841 software 107 Customized functions using Logipam 109 Characteristics 110 Base unit 110 Presentation 110 Description 114 Electrical characteristics 116 Environmental characteristics 117 Dimensions 118 Connection diagrams 119 Base unit 119 Sepam B83 120 Sepam C86 121 Phase current inputs 122 Residual current inputs 123 Phase voltage in
89. 49T G82 G82 Z j Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Generator applications applications Generator differential protection Sepam G87 Phase protection by self balancing differential scheme Generator differential protection 87M 50 51 Earth fault protection 50G 51G Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m 50G 51G m 100 stator earth fault m 50N 51N 59N 64G DE51755 DE51756 DE51757 DE51758 G87 G87 m generator and transformer protection against internal faults m network fault protection m driving machine fault protection m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 38 49T m voltage and frequency monitoring Separate generator transformer unit protection Sepam G40 Earth fault protection m 50G 51G Note monitoring of generator insulation must be ensured by another device 38 49T DE51759 49T G40 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering c
90. 5 Customized Chinese advanced UMI Remote operation All Sepam relays can be connected to two types of communication networks m an S LAN supervisory local area network to remotely control and monitor Sepam relays connected to a supervision system SCADA or RTU m an E LAN engineering local area network reserved for Sepam remote parameter setting and centralized installation diagnosis using the SFT2841 software re Scare Saperi ia Gaii tan 3 Sepam connection to tvo communication networks Improved continuity of service With Sepam all data is available for optimum management and use of the electric installation m The clear and complete information supplied by Sepam following a fault trip enables the operator to restore power as quickly as possible m Preventive maintenance of switchgear is made easier by the diagnosis functions provided by Sepam m The predictive information supplied by the motor protection functions optimises process control Reduced maintenance costs The Sepam range is designed to reduce maintenance time and cost for your protection system m Sepam modules and connectors may be removed without any particular precautions m The optional modules are the same for the entire Sepam range thus reducing the stock of replacement parts m Sepam series 80 has a removable memory cartridge to simplify maintenance operations PE50 253 Sepam series 80 memory cartridge Courtesy of Steven En
91. 50 51 4 4 8 Earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 Negative sequence unbalance 46 1 2 2 Thermal overload for capacitors 1 49RMS 2 Capacitor bank unbalance 51C 8 Positive sequence undervoltage 2 Remanent undervoltage 2 Undervoltage L L or L N 2 4 Overvoltage L L or L N 2 4 Neutral voltage displacement 2 2 Negative sequence overvoltage 1 2 Overfrequency 81H 2 2 Underfrequency 81L 4 4 Temperature monitoring 16 RTDs 2 38 49T O 16 RTDs The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard D options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 With optional MET148 2 temperature input modules ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Capacitor applications applications Protection of a capacitor bank delta connection without voltage monitoring Sepam S20 m capacitor bank short circuit protection ss e D 20 ZA Protection of a capacitor bank delta connection with voltage monitoring Sepam S40 or C86 m capacitor bank short circuit protection m voltage and frequency monitoring m overload protection ANSI 49RMS Sepam C86 only DE51764 DE51765 S40 Q C86 ZA Protection of a double star connected capacitor bank with 1 to 4 steps S
92. 51703 T87 T87 26 26 63 63 49T 49T ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Transformer applications applications Transformer incomer protection m transformer short circuit and overload protection m internal transformer protection Thermostat Buchholz ANSI 26 63 m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 49T Transformer incomer protection without voltage monitoring Sepam T20 Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m secondary 50G 51G m neutral point 50G 51G l l DE51716 DE51717 26 26 63 63 49T 49T T20 T20 a Transformer incomer protection with voltage monitoring Sepam T40 or T81 Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m secondary 50G 51G m secondary O 64REF o 50G 51G T40 T81 nn T40 T81 DE51704 BRON owngm 4 DE51705 dI AON own Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Transformer applications applications Transformer incomer protection Transformer incomer
93. 55 25 EN 55022 A Conducted disturbance emission IEC 60255 25 EN 55022 B Immunity tests Radiated disturbances Immunity to radiated fields IEC 60255 22 3 10 V m 80 MHz 1 GHz IEC 61000 4 3 1 Ill 10 V m 80 MHz 2 GHz ANSI C37 90 2 1 35 V m 25 MHz 1 GHz Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255 22 2 8 kV air 6 kV contact ANSI C37 90 3 1 8 kV air 4 kV contact Immunity to magnetic fields at network frequency IEC 61000 4 8 IV 30 A m continuous 300 A m 13 s Immunity tests Conducted disturbances Immunity to conducted RF disturbances IEC 60255 22 6 10V Fast transient bursts IEC 60255 22 4 AorB 4 kV 2 5 kHz 2 kV 5 kHz IEC 61000 4 4 IV 4 kV 2 5 kHz ANSI C37 90 1 1 4 kV 2 5 kHz 1 MHz damped oscillating wave IEC 60255 22 1 2 5 kV MC 1 kV MD ANSI C37 90 1 1 2 5 kV MC and MD 100 kHz damped oscillating wave IEC 61000 4 12 2 5 kV MC 1 kV MD Surges IEC 61000 4 5 2 kV MC 1 kV MD Voltage interruptions IEC 60255 11 Series 20 100 10 ms Series 40 100 20 ms In operation Vibrations IEC 60255 21 1 2 1 Gn 10 Hz 150 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Fe 2 Hz 13 2 Hz a 1mm Shocks IEC 60255 21 2 2 10Gn 11 ms Earthquakes IEC 60255 21 3 2 2 Gn horizontal axes 1 Gn vertical axes De energized Vibrations IEC 60255 21 1 2 2 Gn 10 Hz 150 Hz Shocks IEC 60255 21 2 2 27 Gn 11 ms Jolts IEC 60255 21 2 2 20 Gn 16 ms In operation Exposure to
94. 59710 E 59630 59702 59630 59702 59632 Connectors CCA630 CCA671 CCA630 CCA671 CCT640 Type Screw type CCA620 59668 T Ring lug CCA622 59669 T type Core balance CTs Modules Core balance CT 120 mm CSH120 59635 Input output modules Core balance CT 200 mm CSH200 59636 14 inputs 24 250 V DC 6 outputs MES120 59715 Interposing ring CT CSH30 59634 14 inputs 220 250 V DC 6 outputs MES120G 59716 Core balance CT interface ACE990 59672 Note the Sepam base unit comes with 5 outputs 3 input output modules can be added Note the total number of core balance CTs cannot exceed 2 Remote modules Connection cord 8 temperature sensor MET148 2 59641 L 0 6m CCA770 59660 module L 2m CCA772 59661 L 4m CCA774 59662 Note the MET 148 2 can be used only with applications T M G and C Maximum of 2 MET 148 2 modules per application Analog output module MSA141 59647 F L 0 6m CCA770 59660 1 L 2m CCA772 59661 E L 4m CCA774 59662 T Note the MSA141 can be used with all the applications Synchro check module MCS025 59712 T Mounting plate AMT840 59670 T Note the MET 148 2 can be used only with applications S B G and T Comes with connection cord CCA785 and voltage connector CCT640 Communication interfaces Modbus interfaces Connection cord 2
95. 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Control and monitoring Sepam series 40 Description of predefined functions ANSI 30 Local annunciation LED indication on the Sepam front panel m 2 LEDs indicate the unit operating status o green LED ON Sepam on o red key LED Sepam unavailable initialization phase or detection of an internal failure m 9 yellow LEDs o pre assigned and identified by standard removable labels o the SFT2841 software tool may be used to assign LEDs and personalize labels PE50287 Local annunciation on Sepam s advanced UMI Events and alarms may be indicated locally on Sepam s advanced UMI by m messages on the display unit available in 2 languages o english factory set messages not modifiable Local indications on the Sepam front panel o local language according to the version delivered the language version is chosen when Sepam is set up m the lighting up of one of the 9 yellow LEDs according to the LED assignment which is set using SFT2841 Alarm processing m when an alarm appears the related message replaces the current display and the related LED goes on The number and type of messages depend on the type of Sepam The messages are linked to Sepam functions and may be viewed on the front panel display and in the SFT2841 Alarms screen n m to clear the message from the display press the DO key m after the fault has disappeared press the eo key the light goes off and Sepam is
96. 772 MET148 2 CCA770 MET148 2 CCA774 DSM303 I Sepam series 80 2 sets of interlinked modules Sepam series 80 has 2 connection ports for remote modules and 63 Modules may be connected to either port Base Module 2 Module 3 DSM303 DSM303 Set 1 1 Example of inter module linking on Sepam series 20 DE51647 MSA141 Remote modules PE50021 MET148 2 temperature sensor module DE51648 1 70 mm with CCA77x cord connected MET148 2 DE51649 N 1 3 a N 2 eas LAIN N 5 A N TA N 3 ES edi L_10N 10 vt sg ii co MET148 2 Temperature sensor module Function The MET148 2 module may be used to connect 8 temperature sensors RTDs of the same type m Pt100 Ni100 or Ni120 type RTDs according to parameter setting m 3 wire temperature sensors m a single module for each Sepam series 20 base unit to be connected by one of the CCA770 CCA772 or CCA774 cords 0 6 2 or 4 meters m 2 modules for each Sepam series 40 or series 80 base unit to be connected by CCA770 CCA772 or CCA774 cords 0 6 2 or 4 meters The temperature measurement e g in a transformer or motor winding is utilized by the following protection functions m thermal overload to take ambient termperature into account m temperature monitoring Characteris
97. 7N 67NC type 1 Directional earth fault protection for impedant isolated or compensated neutral systems based on the projection of measured residual current Type 1 characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT curve m choice of tripping direction m characteristic projection angle m no timer hold m with voltage memory to make the protection insensitive to recurrent faults in compensated neutral systems Tripping characteristic of ANSI 67N 67NC type 1 protection characteristic angle 60 0 ANSI 67N 67NC type 2 Directional overcurrent protection for impedance and solidly earthed systems based on measured or calculated residual current It comprises an earth fault function associated with direction detection and picks up if the earth fault function in the chosen direction line or busbar is activated Type 2 characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT IDMT choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves or customized curve m choice of tripping direction m with or without timer hold DE51842 Trip Tripping characteristic of ANSI 67N 67NC type 2 protection characteristic angle 60 0 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Directional power protection functions ANS
98. 80 m to residual current lO input on connector terminals 15 and 14 shielding m to residual current l O input on connector E terminals 18 and 17 shielding Recommended cable m sheathed cable shielded by tinned copper braid minimum cable cross section 0 93 mm AWG 18 max 2 5 mm m resistance per unit length lt 100 mQ m Li A amS m minimum dielectric strength 1000 V It is essential for the CSH30 to be installed near Sepam Sepam CSH80 link less than 2 meters long Flatten the connection cable against the metal frames of the cubicle The connection cable shielding is grounded in Sepam Do not ground the cable by any other means The maximum resistance of the Sepam connection wiring must not be more than 40 DE52082 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sensors ACE990 Core balance CT interface Function The ACE990 interface is used to adapt measurements between a MV core balance CT with a ratio of 1 n 50 lt n lt 1500 and the Sepam residual current input PE50037 Characteristics Weight 0 64 kg Assembly Mounted on symmetrical DIN rail Amplitude accuracy 1 Phase accuracy lt 2 Maximum permissible current 20kA 1s on the primary winding of a MV core balance CT with a ratio of 1 50 that does not saturate ACE990 core balance CT interface Operating temperature 5 C
99. 800 670 4183 e www steven ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Additional modules Sepam series 40 and accessories Sepam series 80 Introduction L Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 43 Sepam serie 80 79 Software 131 Sepam software 131 SFT2841 setting and operating software 132 Function 132 SFT2841 connection to Sepam 134 Adaptation of the predefined functions 135 SFT2826 disturbance recording data display software 137 SFT2885 programming software Logipam 138 Logic input output modules 140 MES114 MES114E MES114F 10 input 4 output module 140 Presentation 140 Installation 141 Logic input output assignment of Sepam series 20 142 Logic input output assignment of Sepam series 40 143 MES120 MES120G 14 input 6 output module 144 Presentation 144 Installation 145 Logic input output assignment 146 Remote modules 148 Selection guide and connection 148 MET148 2 Temperature sensor module 149 MSA141 Analog output module 150 DSM303 Remote advanced UMI module 151 MCS025 Synchro check module 152 Communication accessories 156 Selection guide 156 Communication interfaces 157 Communication interface connection 157 ACE949 2 2 wire RS 485 network interface 158 ACE959 4 wire RS 485 network interface 159 ACE937 Fiber optic interface 160 ACE969TP and ACE969FO Interfaces network 161 Courtesy of Steven Eng
100. 8400 bauds Maximum number of directly connected devices 32 per port 64 in all Number of ports 1 2 Types of ports One 10 100 base TX port One 10 100 base TX port One 100 base FX port multimode optic fiber Protocol Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Baud rate 10 100 MB 10 100 MB Memory for custom HTML pages Installation DB100970 DB100969 15 28 DB100972 DB100971 rancisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Converters mu im a 1 4 a i H di Se NT a as ee HTML page with summary information on all the equipment in a switchboard z Tiii Aigi Ths PI n n fissi man i Ni Poi gt E ru a ri ile n r i i im rei n mna om wus a ram mm s oo r e bis dim eee baie H Doa mmm ree m ii i a a HEN SSN TAN A DI IH Single device operating information HTML page z Sipai a Fi rara Baia Vn angi sa 4 Gi ni on Tr i a P p la do a k memm a Terah F Feme Des BRS I i erel Single device HTML page showing historical data WPG software tool HTML page generator Function Very easy to use the WPG software tool generates HTML pages for the EGX400 server It is used to m select the devices connected to the server m transfer the HTML page
101. 9 oooaqdaq ooaaqad0a oooaqaQq DE BN A om0000 omo0o00 ooa0od DO0O000 DPE RIE E ooaaod0 OO0O000 ooa0od ooa0od ooaaqaQq BTE ETETE ooa0od m standard O options 2 According to parameter setting and optional MES120 input output modules 3 With optional MET148 2 temperature input modules 4 With optional MCS025 synchro check module 5 With ACE949 2 ACE959 ACE937 ACE969TP or ACE969FO communication interface Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Sensor inputs Sepam series 80 Sepam series 80 has analog inputs that are connected to the measurement sensors required for applications main analog inputs available on all types of Sepam series 80 Sepam Gae 3 phase current inputs 11 12 13 1 residual current input I0 3 phase voltage inputs V1 V2 V3 1 residual voltage input VO additional analog inputs dependent on the type of Sepam 3 additional phase current inputs l 1 l 2 l 3 1 additional residual current input l O 3 additional phase voltage inputs V 1 V 2 V 3 1 additional residual voltage input V O Unp Uns a O O O O a O O O O The table below lists the analog inputs available according to the type of Sepam series 80 Ino C Sepam G88 sensor inputs Phase current inputs Main channel 11 12 13 11 12 13 11 12 13 11 1
102. AND OR XOR NOT and automation functions such as time delays bistables and time programmer Equation input is assisted and syntax checking is done systematically The result of an equation may then be m assigned to a logic output LED or message from the control matrix m transmitted by the communication link as a new remote indication m utilized by the circuit breaker contactor control function to trip close or inhibit breaking device closing m used to inhibit or reset a protection function Alarms and operating messages Sepam series 40 and series 80 New alarm and operating messages may be created using the SFT2841 software The new messages are added to the list of existing messages and may be assigned via the control matrix for display m on Sepam s advanced UMI m in the SFT2841 Alarms and Alarm History screens Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Software SFT2841 setting and operating software Adaptation of the predefined functions Local control mimic diagram Sepam series 80 The local control mimic diagram displayed on the UMI can be personalized by adapting one of the supplied predefined mimic diagrams or by creating a diagram from scratch The mimic diagram editor can be used to m create a fixed bitmap background 128 x 240 pixels using a standard drawing tool m create animated symbols or use pred
103. ANSI 37 Phase undercurrent Protection of pumps against the consequences of a loss of priming by the detection of motor no load operation It is sensitive to a minimum of current in phase 1 remains stable during breaker tripping and may be inhibited by a logic input ANSI 48 51LR 14 Locked rotor excessive starting time Protection of motors against overheating caused by m excessive motor starting time due to overloads e g conveyor or insufficient supply voltage The reacceleration of a motor that is not shut down indicated by a logic input may be considered as starting m locked rotor due to motor load e g crusher o in normal operation after a normal start o directly upon starting before the detection of excessive starting time with detection of locked rotor by a zero speed detector connected to a logic input or by the underspeed function ANSI 66 Starts per hour Protection against motor overheating caused by m too frequent starts motor energizing is inhibited when the maximum allowable number of starts is reached after counting of o starts per hour or adjustable period o consecutive motor hot or cold starts reacceleration of a motor that is not shut down indicated by a logic input may be counted as a start m starts too close together in time motor re energizing after a shutdown is only allowed after an adjustable waiting time ANSI 50V 51V Voltage restrained overcurrent Phase to phase short circui
104. E N Li er 1 ee qe SFT2841 output testing Efficient easy to use software m menus and icons for fast direct access to the data required m guided navigation to go through all the data input screens in the natural order oe a pri sto m all data on the same function together in the same screen EROI nici nari m trilingual software English French Spanish m on line help with all the technical information needed to use and implement Sepam m familiar file management in Microsoft Windows environment o all file management services included copy paste save etc o printing of parameter and protection settings in standard layout PE50274 SFT2841 alarm history ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Software SFT2841 setting and operating software Function The table below gives the SFT2841 functions available for each of the 3 Sepam series Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 and Sepam series 80 NC function available in unconnected mode S function available with SFT2841 connected via Sepam front panel E function available with SFT2841 connected to Sepam via E LAN communication network Management On line help i 5 E uH u Management of parameter and protection Hu n setting files creation saving downloading and PE50302 uploading Downloading and uploading of paramet
105. Electrical network protection Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Catalogue 2005 abr and of on 8 Merlin Gerin Electric Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com The Guiding System the new way to create your electrical installations A comprehensive offer of products with consistent design The Guiding System is first and foremost a Merlin Gerin product offer covering all electrical distribution needs However what makes all the difference is that these products have been designed to operate together mechanical and electrical compatibility interoperability modularity communication Thus the electrical installation is both optimised and more efficient better continuity of supply enhanced safety for people and equipment guaranteed upgradeability effective monitoring and control Tools to simplify design and implementation With the Guiding System you have a comprehensive range of tools the Guiding Tools that will help you increase your product knowledge and product utilisation Of course this is in compliance with current standards and procedures These tools include technical booklets and guides design aid software training courses etc and are regularly updated The Guiding System combined with the know how and creativity allows optimised reliable open ended and standard c
106. Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Order form Number of identical Sepam configurations ordered Sepam series 40 Ready to use configuration This order form can be used to define a complete Sepam configuration Check the boxes M that match your choices Base unit and UMI Application Type Sensor Base unit with advanced UMI S10MD 59604 fj Substation S40 59680 H CT M or LPCT fj With lead seal accessory 1 AMT852 59639 T S41 59681 T CT M or LPCT M 1 Can be used only with an advance UMI s42 59682 7 CT or LPCT E Base unit with basic UMI S10MX 59600 Transformer T40 59683 T CT E or LPCT E Remote advanced UMI module DSM303 59608 T T42 59684 7 CT H or LPCT E Connection cord L 0 6m CCA770 59660 T Motor M41 59685 T CT M or LPCT Jj L 2m CCA772 59661 Generator G40 59686 T CT M or LPCT Jj L 4m CCA774 59662 T 59630 59631 Mounting plate AMT840 59670 CCA630 CCA670 Working language Sepam series 40 EN FR 59615 FJ EN ES 59616 7 Connectors Type Screw type CCA620 59668 and CCA626 59656 H Ring lug type CCA622 59669 and CCA627 59657 7 Core balance CTs Modules Core balance CT 120 mm CSH120 59635 7 Input output modules Core balance CT 200 mm CSH200 59636 fj 10 inputs 4 outputs 24 250 V DC MES114 59646 1 Interposing
107. I 32P Directional active overpower Two way protection based on calculated active power for the following applications m active overpower protection to detect overloads and allow load shedding m reverse active power protection o against generators running like motors when the generators consume active power o against motors running like generators when the motors supply active power ANSI 32Q Directional reactive overpower Two way protection based on calculated reactive power to detect field loss on synchronous machines m reactive overpower protection for motors which consume more reactive power with field loss m reverse reactive overpower protection for generators which consume reactive power with field loss ANSI 37P Directional active underpower Two way protection based on calculated active power Checking of active power flows m to adapt the number of parallel sources to fit the network load power demand m to create an isolated system in an installation with its own generating unit DE51843 Protection Description Machine protection functions ANSI 37 Phase undercurrent Protection of pumps against the consequences of a loss of priming by the detection of motor no load operation It is sensitive to a minimum of current in phase 1 remains stable during breaker tripping and may be inhibited by a logic input ANSI 48 51LR Locked rotor excessive starting time Protection of motors against overheating cau
108. MES114 type required by an application the logic inputs must be assigned to functions The functions are chosen from a list which covers the whole range of possible uses The functions are adapted to meet needs within the limits of the logic inputs available The inputs may also be inverted for undervoltage type operation A default input output assignment is proposed for the most frequent uses ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Control and monitoring Sepam series 40 Description of predefined functions Each Sepam contains the appropriate predefined control and monitoring functions for the chosen application ANSI 94 69 Commande disjoncteur contacteur Control of breaking devices equipped with different types of closing and tripping coils m circuit breakers with shunt or undervoltage trip coils m latching contactors with shunt trip coils The function processes all breaking device closing and tripping conditions based on m protection functions m breaking device status data m remote control orders m specific control functions for each application e g recloser The function also inhibits breaking device closing according to the operating conditions With Sepam series 20 it is necessary to use an MES114 module in order to have all the required logic inputs ANSI 86 Latching acknowledgement The trippi
109. P PPP Psp Pfr pr The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard o options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 According to parameter setting and optional input output modules 3 With optional MCS025 synchro check module 4 2 undervoltage L L and 1 undervoltage L N m feeder short circuit and overload protection Protection of low capacitance feeders in impedance earthed or solidly earthed neutral systems Sepam S20 S40 or S80 m no voltage and frequency monitoring m voltage and frequency monitoring DE51686 DE51719 S40 S20 S80 Protection of high capacitance feeders in impedance earthed or compensated or isolated neutral systems Sepam S41 or S81 m specific feeder protection 67N 67NC DE51687 S41 81 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Substation applications applications Incomer protection m busbar short circuit protection Incomer protection Sepam S20 S40 or S80 Protection of 2 incomers Sepam S80 m no volt
110. PE50257 SFT2885 Logipam programming software Animated Logic outputs mimic diagram Logipam programming software The Logipam SFT2885 programming software can be used to m adapt predefined control and monitoring functions m program specific control and monitoring functions either to replace the predefined versions or to create completely new functions to provide all the functions required by the application It is made up of m aladder language program editor used to address all Sepam data and to program complex control functions a simulator for complete program debugging m a code generator to run the program on Sepam The ladder language program and the data used can be documented and a complete file can be printed Offering more possibilities than the logic equation editor Logipam can be used to create the following functions m specific automatic transfer functions m motor starting sequences It is not possible to combine the functions programmed by Logipam with functions adapted by the logic equation editor in a given Sepam The Logipam program uses the input data from m protection functions m logic inputs m remote control orders m local control orders transmitted by the mimic based UMI The result of Logipam processing may then be m assigned to a logic output directly or via the control matrix m assigned to a LED or message via the control matrix m transmitted by the communication link as a
111. See current input connection diagrams Arrangement recommended for the protection of isolated or compensated neutral systems in which very low fault currents need to be detected DE51791 Setting range from 0 01 InO to 15 In0 minimum 0 1 A with In0 2 A or 20 A according to parameter setting The CSH30 interposing ring CT is used to connect 1 A or 5 A CTs to Sepam to measure residual current m CSH30 interposing ring CT connected to 1 A CT make 2 turns through CSH primary m CSH80 interposing ring CT connected to 5 A CT make 4 turns through CSH primary DE51896 Setting range from 0 01 In to 15 In minimum 0 1 A with In CT primary current DE51897 The ACE990 is used as an interface between a MV core balance CT with a ratio of 1 n 50 lt n 1500 and the Sepam residual current input This arrangement allows the continued use of existing core balance CTs on the installation DE51794 Setting range from 0 01 InO to 15 In0 minimum 0 1 A with InO k n where n number of core balance CT turns and k factor to be determined according to ACE990 wiring and setting range used by Sepam with a choice of 20 discrete values from 0 00578 to 0 26316 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Phase voltage inputs Sepam series 80 Residual voltage inpu
112. T interface ACE990 59672 Accessories for phase current sensors LPCT gt gt gt LPCT injection adapter ACE917 59667 Remote LPCT test plug CCA613 59666 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Order form Sepam accessories and spare parts Check the boxes M or indicate the required quantities in the appropriate spaces according to your choices Sepam series 20 User s manual PCRED301005 EN jj FR H Sepam series 40 User s manual PCRED301006 EN FR jj Sepam series 80 Metering protection control and monitoring user s SEPED303001 EN 7 FR 7 manual Modbus communication user s manual SEPED303002 EN 7 FR jj Installation and operation manual SEPED303003 EN FR jj Communication protocol DNP3 protocol SEPED305001 EN jj FR jj IEC 60870 5 103 protocol SEPED305002 EN 7 FR 7 Note the technical manuals must be ordered separately form the CDI centre in Evreux Sepam 20 pin screw type connector CCA620 59668 20 pin ring lug connector CCA622 59669 6 pin screw type connector CCA626 59656 6 pin ring lug connector CCA627 59657 1 A 5 ACT current connector CCA630 59630 LPCT lateral current connector CCA670 59631 LPCT radial cur
113. a Before they are analyzed by SFT2826 the disturbance recording data must be transferred from Sepam to the PC m by the SFT2841 software m or by the Modbus communication link i i pises fi i L ie Analysis of disturbance recording data m selection of analog signals and logic data for display m zoom and measurement of time between events m display of all numerical values recorded m exporting of data in file format m printing of curves and or numerical values recorded SFT2826 analysis of a disturbance data record Characteristics The SFT2826 software comes with the SFT2841 software m 4 languages English French Spanish Italian m on line help with description of software functions Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Software SFT2885 programming software Logipam Function The SFT2885 programming software called Logipam is intended exclusively for the Sepam series 80 and can be used to m adapt predefined control and monitoring functions m program specific control and monitoring functions either to replace the predefined versions or to create completely new functions to provide all the functions required by the application It is made up of m aladder language program editor used to address all Sepam data and to program complex control functions m a simulator for complete program debugging m a
114. a network E LAN An E LAN is intended for Sepam parameter setting and operating functions It can be used to connect a set of Sepam units to a PC running the SFT2841 software In this configuration the operator has remote and centralized access to all Sepam information with no need to develop any special communication software The operator can easily m set up the Sepam general parameters and functions m collect all Sepam operating and diagnostics information m manage the protection system for the electric network m monitor the status of the electric network m run diagnostics on any incidents affecting the electric network Communication protocols Modbus RTU Modbus RTU is a data transmission protocol a de facto standard since 1979 widely used in industry and accepted by many communicating devices For more information on the Modbus RTU protocol visit www modbus org DNP3 DNP3 is a data transmission protocol specially suited to the needs of distributors for remote control monitoring of substations in the electric network For more information on the DNP3 protocol visit www dnp org IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 60870 5 103 is an accompanying standard for the standards in the IEC 60870 5 series It defines communication between protection devices and the various devices in a control system supervisor or RTU in a substation For more information on the IEC 60870 5 103 protocol visit www iec ch Other protocols A gateway protocol
115. aches supervisor and internet browser are complementary m the supervisor offers complete access to all information but requires specific software m the HTML pages offer partial access to the main information via any PC connected to the network Architecture Supervisor Web L browser Modbus TCP IP Etherne EGX400 gateway Ue Modbus RS 485 serial link ee gt Fb DTR OTE e e e E i e e coecoeo sao ooo oo o olo rece 000 cri Sepam series 80 PM800 Micrologic Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Setup Initial setup The initial setup is carried out using a PC connected to the EGX400 via an RS232 link This setup m specifies the IP address of the EGX gateway m selects the type of Ethernet port wire or optic fiber m lists the connected products with their Modbus communication parameters Setup via the Ethernet network Once connected to the Ethernet network the EGX400 server can be accessed by a standard internet browser via its IP address to m create or update the list of the connected products with their Modbus communication parameters m update the firmware ven Engineering
116. age and m busbar voltage and m line voltage and m with automatic source transfer ATS and synchro frequency monitoring frequency monitoring frequency monitoring check ANSI 25 I I I I 8 g s MCS025 D 540 540 H WD oy a a S80 a S80 a S80 S80 ATS ATS NC NC NO Parallel incomer protection Sepam S42 or S82 Parallel incomer protection with disconnection function Sepam S20 B22 or Sepam S84 m specific line or source protection 67 67N 67NC m disconnection specific functions m disconnection specific functions 27 59 59N 81L 81R 27 59 59N 81L 81R 32P 37P D 20 D gt DE51691 DE51721 DE51692 84 CD B22 42 42 82 82 Protection of an incomer or coupling circuit breaker with load shedding based on frequency variations Sepam S84 m load shedding specific functions 81L 81R I S84 i S84 a Ring incomer protection Sepam S42 or S82 m line or source protection 67 67N 67NC m directional logic discrimination pe e ca bas 1 H 42 42 a 82 82 Courtesy of Steven Engineering I
117. ailure ANSI 86 Latching acknowledgement The tripping outputs for all the protection functions and all the logic inputs can be latched individually The latched information is saved in the event of an auxiliary power failure The logic outputs cannot be latched All the latched data may be acknowledged m locally with the Z key m remotely via a logic input m or via the communication link The Latching acknowledgement function when combined with the circuit breaker contactor control function can be used to create the ANSI 86 Lockout relay function Output relay testing Each output relay is activated for 5 seconds to make it simpler to check output connections and connected switchgear operation ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Description of predefined functions ANSI 30 Local annunciation LED indication m 2LEDs on the front and back of Sepam indicate the unit operating status and are visible when a Sepam without a UMI is mounted inside the LV compartment with access to connectors O green LED ON Sepam on o red key LED Sepam unavailable initialization phase or detection of an internal failure m 9 yellow LEDs on the Sepam front panel D pre assigned and identified by standard removable labels D the SFT2841 software tool may be used to assign LEDs
118. al Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Description Sepam performs all the control and monitoring functions required for electrical network operation m the main control and monitoring functions are predefined and fit the most frequent cases of use They are ready to use and are implemented by simple parameter setting after the necessary logic inputs outputs are assigned m the predefined control and monitoring functions can be adapted for particular needs using the SFT2841 software which offers the following customization options o logic equation editor to adapt and complete the predefined control and monitoring functions o creation of personalized messages for local annunciation o creation of personalized mimic diagrams corresponding to the controlled devices o customization of the control matrix by changing the assignment of output relays LEDs and annunciation messages m with the Logipam option Sepam can provide the most varied control and monitoring functions programmed using the SFT2885 programming software that implements the Logipam ladder language Operating principle The processing of each control and monitoring function may be broken down into 3 phases m acquisition of input data o results of protection function processing o external logic data connected to the
119. am n n n n n n n ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication Available Sepam data Description Data transmitted from Sepam to the supervisor Metering and diagnosis The values measured by Sepam that may be remote accessed are divided into the following categories m measurements currents voltages frequency power temperatures etc m energy calculated or pulse type energy counters m network diagnosis phase displacement tripping currents unbalance ratio etc m machine diagnosis temperature rise motor starting time remaining operating time before overload tripping waiting time after tripping etc m switchgear diagnosis cumulative breaking current operating time and number of operations circuit breaker charging time etc m Sepam diagnosis partial or major fault etc m Logipam counters Remote indications The logic state information that may be remote accessed are divided into the following categories m alarms and internal status conditions m status of logic inputs m status of logic outputs m status of nine LEDs on the front panel of Sepam m status of logic equation output bits Alarms and internal status conditions The alarms and internal status conditions are remote indications TS pre assigned to protection and control functions Remote indications depend on the type of Sepam and c
120. am series 20 76 Sepam series 40 77 Sepam serie 80 79 Additional modules and accessories 129 Order form 183 CET Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Selection table Sepam series 20 Protection ANSI code S20 T20 M20 B21 B22 Phase overcurrent 50 51 4 4 4 Earth fault Sensitive earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 4 50G 51G Negative sequence unbalance 46 1 1 1 Thermal overload 49RMS 2 2 Phase undercurrent 37 1 Excessive starting time locked rotor 48 51LR 14 1 Starts per hour 66 1 Positive sequence undervoltage 27D 47 2 2 Remanent undervoltage 27R 1 1 Phase to phase undervoltage 27 2 2 Phase to neutral undervoltage 278 1 1 Phase to phase overvoltage 59 2 2 Neutral voltage displacement 59N 2 2 Overfrequency 81H 1 1 Underfrequency 81L 2 2 Rate of change of frequency 81R 1 Recloser 4 cycles 79 o Thermostat Buchholz 26 63 o Temperature monitoring 8 RTDs 38 49T o o Metering Phase current 11 12 I3 RMS residual current 10 a Demand current 11 12 13 peak demand current IM1 IM2 IM3 L n L Voltage U21 U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 residual voltage VO n Positive sequence voltage Vd rotation direction L n Frequency n Temperature o o Network and machine diagnosis Trip
121. an be re assigned by Logipam The remote indications that can be accessed via the communication link include m all protection function alarms monitoring function alarms CT or VT fault control fault m Sepam status data o Sepam not reset o remote setting inhibited remote control orders inhibited m status data on the following functions D recloser in service inhibited reclosing in progress successful permanent trip O disturbance recording records inhibited stored Data transmitted from the supervisor to Sepam Pulse type remote control orders Pulse type remote control orders TC may be carried out in two modes selected by parameter setting m direct mode m confirmed SBO select before operate mode Remote control orders are pre assigned to metering protection and control functions and depend on the type of Sepam They are used for the following in particular m to control breaking device opening and closing m to reset Sepam and initialize peak demand measurements m to select the active group of settings by enabling group A or B m to inhibit or enable the following functions recloser thermal overload protection disturbance recording Remote control orders can be re assigned by Logipam Maintained remote control orders Maintained remote control orders TCM are carried out in direct mode and can be used by the Logipam program for Sepam series 80 only The output remains in the last state to which it w
122. ance 0 to 30 F 5 Capacitor unbalance current 0 02 to 40 l n 5 Switchgear diagnosis assistance Cumulative breaking current 0 to 65535 kA 10 Do Number of operations 0 to 4 x 109 Do Operating time 20 to 100s 1 ms oo Charging time 1to20s 0 5 s Do Number of rackouts 0 to 65535 Do m available on MSA141 analog output module according to setup o saved in the event of auxiliary supply outage even without battery o saved by battery in the event of auxiliary supply outage 1 Under reference conditions IEC 60255 6 typical accuracy at In or Unp cos gt 0 8 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Sepam series 80 Current protection functions ANSI 50 51 Phase overcurrent Phase to phase short circuit protection 2 modes m overcurrent protection sensitive to the highest phase current measured m machine differential protection sensitive to the highest differential phase currents obtained in self balancing schemes Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT IDMT choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves or customized curve m with or without timer hold m tripping confirmed or unconfirmed according to parameter setting o unconfirmed tripping standard tripping confirmed by negative sequence overvoltage protection ANSI 47 unit 1
123. and active and reactive power values calculated over the same period as the demand current The peak demand powers may be cleared Energy m 4 accumulated energies calculated according to voltages and phase currents 11 12 and 13 measured active energy and reactive energy in both directions m 1 to 4 additional accumulated energy meters for the acquisition of active or reactive energy pulses from external meters Temperature Accurate measurement of temperature inside equipment fitted with Pt100 Ni100 or Ni120 type RTDs connected to the optional remote MET148 2 module ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Machine diagnosis assistance Sepam assists facility managers by providing m data on the operation of their machines m predictive data to optimize process management m useful data to facilitate protection function setting and implementation Thermal capacity used Equivalent temperature buildup in the machine calculated by the thermal overload protection function Displayed as a percentage of rated thermal capacity Remaining operating time before overload tripping Predictive data calculated by the thermal overload protection function The time is used by facility managers to optimize process management in real time by deciding to m interrupt according to procedures m continue operation
124. ard feature to stations connected to a 2 wire RS 485 network Without requiring any flow control signals after the parameters are set the ACE909 2 converter performs conversion network polarization and automatic dispatching of Modbus frames between the master and the stations by two way simplex half duplex single pair transmission The ACE909 2 converter also provides a 12 V DC or 24 V DC supply for the distributed power supply of the Sepam ACE949 2 ACE959 or ACE969 interfaces The communication settings should be the same as the Sepam and master communication settings Characteristics Weight Assembly 0 280 kg On symmetrical or asymmetrical DIN rail Power supply Galvanic isolation between power supply and frame and between power supply and interface supply Galvanic isolation between RS 232 and RS 485 interfaces Protection by time delayed fuse 5 mm x 20 mm 110 to 220 V AC 10 47 to 63 Hz 2000 Vrms 50 Hz 1 min 1000 Vms 50 Hz 1 min 1 A rating Data format Transmission delay distributed power supply for Sepam interfaces Maximum number of Sepam interfaces with distributed supply 11 bits 1 start 8 bits 1 parity 1 stop lt 100 ns 12 V DC or 24 V DC 12 Operating temperature 5 C to 55 C 5 ns fast transient bursts 60255 22 4 4 kV with capacitive coupling in common mode 2 kV with direct coupling in common mode 1 KV with direct coup
125. are connected in a double star arrangement ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Switchgear diagnosis assistance Switchgear diagnosis data give facility managers information on m mechanical condition of breaking device m Sepam auxiliaries and assist them for preventive and curative switchgear maintenance actions The data are to be compared to switchgear manufacturer data ANSI 60 60FL CT VT supervision Used to monitor the entire metering chain m CT and VT sensors m connection m Sepam analog inputs Monitoring includes m consistency checking of currents and voltages measured m acquisition of phase or residual voltage transformer protection fuse blown contacts In the event of a loss of current or voltage measurement data the assigned protection functions may be inhibited to avoid nuisance tripping Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven DE51773 Metering and diagnosis Description ANSI 74 Trip closing circuit supervision To detect trip circuit and closing circuit failures Sepam monitors m shunt trip coil connection m closing coil connection m matching of breaking device open closed position contacts m execution of breaking device open and close orders The trip and closin
126. as ordered and is reset if Sepam auxiliary power is lost Remote control security Transmission of Sepam series 80 remote controls and settings over a Modbus S LAN can be password protected Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Communication Available Sepam data Description Time tagging Time tagged events The time tagging function assigns a date and precise time to status changes events so that they can be accurately organized over time Sepam systematically time tags the following events m status changes of all logic inputs m status changes of all remote indications TS alarms and internal status conditions Each event is time tagged to within one millisecond The number of stacks of time tagged events managed by Sepam on each communication port and the volume of each stack in terms of the numbers of events depend on the communication protocol used Modbus RTU DNP3 IEC 60870 5 103 Number of event stacks 2 1 1 for each Sepam communication port Number of events per 64 100 100 stack Whatever the communication protocol used Modbus RTU DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 events may be used by a remote monitoring and control system for data logging and histories for example Unsollicited events Using the DNP3 protocol Sepam can spontaneously transmit time tagged events to the supervisor The transmission of unsollic
127. ay be inhibited to avoid nuisance tripping Sepam s main functions are operational and equipment protection is ensured ANSI 74 Trip circuit supervision To detect trip circuit circuit failures Sepam monitors Detection of plugged connectors m shunt trip coil connection The system checks that the current or voltage sensors m matching of breaking device open closed position contacts are plugged in A missing connector is a major failure m execution of breaking device open and close orders The trip circuit is only supervised when connected as shown below Configuration checking P cl The system checks that the optional modules configured are present and working correctly The absence or failure of a remote module is a minor failure the absence or failure of a logic input output module is a major failure DE51813 DE51812 Connection for shunt trip coil Connection for undervoltage monitoring trip coil monitoring Cumulative breaking current Six cumulative currents are proposed to assess breaking device pole condition m total cumulative breaking current m cumulative breaking current between 0 and 2 In m cumulative breaking current between 2 In and 5 In m cumulative breaking current between 5 In and 10 In m cumulative breaking current between 10 In and 40 In m cumulative breaking current gt 40 In Each time the breaking device opens the breaking current is added to the cumulative total and
128. ays m cycle activation linked to instantaneous or time delayed short circuit protection function ANSI 50 51 50N 51N 67 67N 67NC outputs by parameter setting inhibition locking out of recloser by logic input DE51774 Characteristics m instantaneous tripping m percentage based characteristic with fixed slope and adjustable low set point m more sensitive than transformer or machine differential protection Synchro check ANSI 87T Transformer and transformer machine unit ANSI 25 differential 2 windings This function checks the voltages upstream and Phase to phase short circuit protection of two winding transformers or transformer downstream of a circuit breaker and allows closing machine units when the differences in amplitude frequency and Protection based on phase by phase comparison of the primary and secondary phase are within authorized limits currents with m amplitude and phase correction of the currents in each winding according to the transformer vector shift and the voltage values set m clearance of zero sequence current from the primary and secondary windings suitable for all earthing systems Characteristics m adjustable and independent set points for differences in voltage frequency and phase m adjustable lead time to take into account the circuit breaker closing time Characteristics m 5 possible operating modes to take no voltage m instantaneous tripping c
129. balance CTs Storage temperature 40 C to 85 C Dimensions 4 horizontal mounting 4 vertical mounting holes J 5 holes J 5 DE10228 The CSH120 and CSH200 core Dimen A B D E F H J K L balance CTs must be installed on sions insulated cables CSH120 120 164 44 190 76 40 166 62 35 Cables with a rated voltage of more CSH200 200 256 46 274 120 60 257 104 37 than 1000 V must also have an earthed shielding Assem bly Group the MV cable or cables in the middle of the core balance CT Use non conductive binding to hold the cables Remember to insert the 3 medium voltage cable shielding earthing cables through the core balance CT DE51678 Assembly on MV cables Assembly on mounting plate Connection Connection to Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 To residual current I0 input on connector A terminals 19 and 18 shielding Connection to Sepam series 80 m to residual current lO input on connector terminals 15 and 14 shielding m to residual current l O input on connector terminals 18 and 17 shielding Recommended cable m sheathed cable shielded by tinned copper braid m minimum cable cross section 0 93 mm AWG 18 m resistance per unit length lt 100 mQ m minimum dielectric strength 1000 V It is essential for the CSH30 to be installed near Sepam Sepam CSH30 link less than 2 m Flatten the connection cable against the metal frames of the cubicle The conn
130. ber of keys 9 9 14 Control mode switch Remote Local Test LEDs Sepam operating status m base unit 2 LEDs visible on back 2 LEDs visible from front and back 2 LEDs visible from front and back m remote advanced UMI 2 LEDs visible on front Indication LEDs 9 LEDs on remote advanced UMI 9 LEDs on front 9 LEDs on front Mounting m bare base unit mounted at the Flush mounted on front of cubicle Flush mounted on front of cubicle back of the compartment using the AMT880 mounting plate m DSM303 remote advanced UMI module flush mounted on the front of the cubicle and connected to the base unit with the CCA77x prefabricated cord Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Presentation Hardware characteristics Removable memory cartridge The cartridge contains all the Sepam characteristics m all Sepam protection and parameter settings m all the metering and protection functions required for the application m predefined control functions m functions customized by control matrix or logic equations m functions programmed by Logipam optional m personalized local control mimic diagram m accumulated energies and switchgear diagnosis values m working languages customized and otherwise lt may be made tamper proof by lead sealing It is removable and easy to access on the front panel of Sepam t
131. c equation editor SFT2841 setting and operating software Adaptation of the predefined functions The predefined control and monitoring functions can be adapted for particular needs using the SFT2841 software which offers the following customization options m logic equation editor to adapt and complete the predefined control and monitoring functions m creation of personalized messages for local display m creation of personalized mimic diagrams corresponding to the controlled devices m customization of the control matrix by changing the assignment of logic output LEDs and display messages The availability and performance of the SFT2841 software function depend on the Sepam series Please refer to the function table for more information Logic equation editor Sepam series 40 and series 80 The logic equation editor included in the SFT2841 software can be used to m complete protection function processing D additional interlocking D conditional inhibition validation of functions o etc m adapt predefined control functions particular circuit breaker or recloser control sequences etc Note that the use of the logic equation editor excludes the possibility of using the Logipam programming software A logic equation is created by grouping logic input data received from m protection functions m logic inputs m local control orders transmitted by the mimic based UMI m remote control orders using the Boolean operators
132. ce 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pole slip 78PS 1 1 1 1 1 1 Overspeed 2 set points 2 12 O O O O o o Underspeed 2 set points 2 14 O O O O O O Voltage restrained overcurrent 50V 51V 2 2 2 Underimpedance 21B 1 1 1 Inadvertent energization 50 27 1 1 1 Third harmonic undervoltage 27TN 64G2 2 2 2 100 stator earth fault 64G Overfluxing V Hz 24 2 2 2 2 Positive sequence undercurrent 27D 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 Remanent undervoltage 27R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Undervoltage L L or L N 27 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 Overvoltage L L or L N 59 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Neutral voltage displacement 59N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Negative sequence overvoltage 47 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Overfrequency 81H 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Underfrequency 81L 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Rate of change of frequency 81R 2 Recloser 4 cycles 2 79 O O O O Thermostat Buchholz 2 26 63 O O O O O O O Temperature monitoring 38 49T O O O O O o o D D O 16 RTDs G Synchro check 9 25 O O O O O O O O O O O O Circuit breaker contactor control 94 69 O O O Automatic transfer AT 2 Load shedding automatic restart De excitation Genset shutdown Capacitor step control 2 Logic discrimination 2 68 Latching acknowledgement 86 Annunciation 30 Switching of groups of settings Adaptation using logic equations BERO CES SE SE BET E EEEO Logipam pr
133. ch protection function m display of Sepam and remote module versions m output testing and logic input status display m entry of 2 passwords to protect parameter and protection settings Ergonomic data presentation m keypad keys identified by pictograms for intuitive navigation m menu guided access to data m graphical LCD screen to display any character or symbol m excellent display quality under all lighting conditions automatic contrast setting and backlit screen user activated Basic UMI A Sepam with basic UMI offers an economical solution suited to installations that do not require local operation managed by a remote monitoring and control system or to replace electromechanical or analog electronic protections units with no additional operating needs The basic UMI includes m 2 signal lamps indicating Sepam operating status m 9 parameterizable yellow signal lamps equipped with a standard label n ey button for clearing faults and resetting Working language All the texts and messages displayed on the advanced UMI are available in 2 languages m english the default working language m anda second language which may be O french O spanish o another local language Please contact us regarding local language customization Setting and operating software SFT2841 setting and operating software can be used for easy setting of Sepam parameters and protection functions A PC containing the SFT2841 software is con
134. circuit breakers earthing switch etc m creation of personalized symbols SFT2841 mimic diagram editor Control matrix li me e nie i e EIE TT dir qu The control matrix is a simple way to assign data from iha a m protection functions m control and monitoring functions ed ue 4 ia arene 4 logic inputs m logic equations or Logipam program to the following output data m output relays m 9 LEDs on the front panel of Sepam m messages for local annunciation m triggering of disturbance recording gyi ser TL LS SFT2841 control matrix ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 DE51891 Mimic diagram keys D o Control and monitoring Customized functions using Logipam The SFT2885 programming software Logipam can be used to enhance Sepam by programming specific control and monitoring functions Only the Sepam series 80 with a cartridge containing the Logipam SFT080 option can run the control and monitoring functions programmed by Logipam Operating principle Signal lamps Control matrix Q Predefined control and Messages monitoring functions PHASE FAULT Predefined tri RE lessages Mimic diagram Personalized Control and monitoring functions programmed using Logipam messages Protection functions
135. ction and setup of the functions specific to each protocol m setup of the physical interface Ethernet gateways Sepam can be connected to an Ethernet TCP IP network in a totally transparent manner via the EGX200 gateway or the EGX400 server EGX200 gateway The EGX200 offers access to enhanced communication and multi master architectures It provides IP Internet Protocol connection for communication on all types of networks notably intranets and internet EGX400 server In addition to Ethernet TCP IP connection the EGX400 offers a web server and HTML pages designed specially to present the essential Sepam information This information may be accessed in clear text and at no risk on any PC connected to the intranet internet and equipped with a web browser PE50161 SMS management software for electrical installations The SMS management software in the PowerLogic offering draws the full benefit from the available Sepam information With this software your electric installation offers greater performance PE50511 Supervision of an electric network equipped with Sepam by means of PowerLogic SMS software Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Communication S LAN characteristics Protocol Modbus RTU DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 Twisted pair 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 or fiber optic Physical medium Exam
136. d by a Sepam series 80 Spare base units The following spares are available to replace faulty base units m base units with or without UMI without cartridge or connectors m all types of standard cartridges with or without the Logipam option Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Description Front panel with advanced UMI Green LED Sepam on 1 12 3 4 Red LED Sepam unavailable 9 yellow indication LEDs Label identifying the indication LEDs DE51779 PWON Graphical LCD screen Display of measurements Display of switchgear network and machine diagnosis data Display of alarm messages Sepam reset or confirm data entry 0 Acknowledgement and clearing of alarms or move cursor up 11 LED test or move cursor down 12 Display and adaptation of activated protection settings 13 Display of Sepam and Logipam data 14 Entry of 2 passwords 15 RS 232 PC connection port NOU 11 165A ams 12 166A ams EE l 13 167A rms A 8 16 Backup battery 17 Memory cartridge 18 Door 14 13 12 11 10 9 Graphical LCD screen Green LED Sepam on Red LED Sepam unavailable Local close order Local open order Label identifying the indication LEDs 9 yellow
137. d power supply m to female 9 pin sub D connector m 2 wire RS 485 signals L L m distributed power supply V 12 V DC or 24 V DC V 0 V ACE919 Power supply eee m to 2 5 mm screw type terminal block RS 485 m reversible phase and neutral ACE919CA m earthed via terminal block and metal case ring lug on back of case DE51670 RS 485 PANNO V V L L GeL 3 7 9 5 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Converters Ethernet EGX200 gateway birman Z Function Ready The EGX200 gateway serves as an Ethernet coupler for Sepam the PowerLogic PE50538 devices and for any other communicating devices operating under the Modbus RS 485 protocol The EGX200 gateway offers complete access to all status and measurement information provided by the connected devices Architecture C Supervisor Ethernet Modbus TCP IP PE50269 DE52080 l Ell Ethernet EGX200 gateway EGX200 gateway su Modbus RS 485 serial link 600000 gan ooo Que io olo atin en oo 0 229 Z Sepam series 80 PM800 Micrologic Sepa
138. d power supply Supplied by ACE Supplied by ACE Supplied by ACE Not supplied by EGX Not supplied by EGX RS485 Protocol Modbus n n n n n CEI 60870 5 103 n n n DNP3 n n n Alimentation DC 24 to 48 V DC 24V DC 24 V DC AC 110 to 220 V AC 11to 220 V AC 100 to 240 V AC 100 to 240 V AC with adapter with adapter See details on page 165 167 167 169 170 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication interfaces Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 DE51659 Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 1 communication port DE51660 Communication interface connection CCA612 connection cord Cord used to connect a communication interface to a Sepam base unit length 3 m m fitted with 2 green RJ45 plugs Sepam communication interface connection Sepam series 80 ACE937 E959 Sepam series 80 2 communication ports RS 485 network cable RS 485 medium Distributed power supply 1 shielded twisted pair 1 shielded twisted pair 2 shielded twisted pairs 1 shielded twisted pair Shielding Tinned copper braid coverage gt 65 Characteristic impedance 120 Q Gauge AWG 24 Resistance per unit length lt 100 Q km Capacitance between conductors lt 60 pF m Capacitance between conductor lt 100 pF m and shielding Maximum length 1300 m Fibe
139. differential protection Sepam T87 Transformer differential protection 87T Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m primary 50G 51G primary 50G 51G primary 50G 51G primary primary m secondary 50G 51G m secondary m secondary o 64REF o 64REF O 64REF O 64REF o 50G 51G D 50G 51G o 50G 51G o 50G 51G m secondary 50G 51G m secondary o 64REF o 50G 51G DE51707 DE51708 DE51709 DE51710 DE51711 26 63 49T Protection of 2 non coupled transformer incomers Sepam T81 m automatic source transfer ATS m synchro check ANSI 25 L l DE51706 26 26 63 63 49T 49T e T81 T81 ATS ATS NC NC NO ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Transformer applications applications Transformer incomer protection Parallel transformer incomer protection Sepam T42 or T82 m transformer directional phase overcurrent protection 67 m transformer secondary earth fault protection 50G 51G 59N DE51712 26
140. e according to setup o saved in the event of auxiliary supply outage 1 Under reference conditions IEC 60255 6 typical accuracy at In or Unp cos gt 0 8 2 Sn apparent power v3 Unp In 3 Measurement up to 0 02 In for information purpose Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Current protection functions ANSI 50 51 Phase overcurrent Phase to phase short circuit protection sensitive to the highest phase current measured Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT or IDMT curve choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves m with or without timer hold With Sepam series 40 tripping can be confirmed or unconfirmed according to parameter setting m unconfirmed tripping standard m tripping confirmed by negative sequence overvoltage protection ANSI 47 unit 1 as backup for distant 2 phase short circuits m tripping confirmed by undervoltage protection ANSI 27 unit 1 as backup for phase to phase short circuits in networks with low short circuit power ANSI 50N 51N or 50G 51G Earth fault Earth fault protection based on measured or calculated residual current values m ANSI 50N 51N residual current calculated or measured by 3 phase current sensors m ANSI 50G 51G residual current measured directly by a spec
141. e 5 diagnosis data 6 8 Display of alarm messages 11 162A rus 9 Sepam reset or confirm data entry 12 161A rms x 7 10 Acknowledgement and clearing of alarms 13 163A ave 8 or move cursor up 11 LED test or move cursor down 12 Access to protection settings 13 Access to Sepam parameter setting 14 Entry of 2 passwords 15 PC connection port The J A Y keys 9 10 11 are used to browse through the menus and to scroll through and accept the values displayed 15 114 13 112 11 10 9 Front panel with basic UMI 1 GreenLED Sepamon 112 3 4 2 Red LED Sepam unavailable 3 9 yellow indication LEDs 4 Label identifying the indication LEDs 5 Acknowledgement clearing of alarms and Sepam reset 6 PC connection port 5 6 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 20 Description Sepam series 40 Rear panel Sepam series 20 1 Baseunit 1 2 3 A 20 pin connector for SINO i m auxiliary power supply m 4 relay outputs m 1 residual current input Sepam S20 T20 M20 only m Sepam S20 T20 M20 connector for 3 phase current 11 12 13 inputs m Sepam B21 and B22 connector for 3 phase voltage V1 V2 V3 inputs and 1 residual voltage VO input DE51819 ii Communication port Remote module connection port 19
142. e available in 2 languages m English the default working language m anda second language which may be o French o Spanish o another local language Please contact us regarding local language customization PE50474 Connection of Sepam to the parameter setting tool Customized Chinese advanced UMI The SFT2841 parameter setting tool is required for Sepam protection and parameter setting A PC containing the SFT2841 software is connected to the RS 232 communication port on the front of the unit ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 80 Presentation Selection guide PE50262 PE50475 PE50260 Functions Local indication Metering and diagnosis data n n n Alarms and operating messages n n n List of activated protection functions n n n Main protection settings n n n Version of Sepam and remote modules n n n Status of logic inputs n n n Logipam data n n n Switchgear status on the animated n mimic diagram Phasor diagram of currents or voltages n Local control Alarm acknowledgement n n n Sepam reset n n L Output testing n n Selection of Sepam control mode n Device open close order n Characteristics Screen Size 128 x 64 pixels 128 x 64 pixels 128 x 240 pixels Automatic contrast setting n n n Backlit screen n n n Keypad Num
143. e current sensors Residual current Four types of residual current values are available depending on the type of Sepam and sensors connected to it m 2 residual currents 10X and l OX calculated by the vector sum of the 3 phase currents m 2 measured residual currents 10 and l O Different types of sensors may be used to measure residual current m CSH120 or CSH200 specific core balance CT m conventional 1 A or 5 A current transformer with CSH830 interposing ring CT m any core balance CT with an ACE990 interface Demand current and peak demand currents Demand current and peak demand currents are calculated according to the 3 phase currents 11 12 and 13 m demand current is calculated over an adjustable period of 5 to 60 minutes m peak demand current is the greatest demand current and indicates the current drawn by peak loads Peak demand currents may be cleared Voltage and frequency The following measurements are available according to the voltage sensors connected m phase to neutral voltages V1 V2 V3 and V 1 V 2 V3 m phase to phase voltages U21 U32 U13 and U 21 U 32 U 13 m residual voltage VO V 0 or neutral point voltage Vnt m positive sequence voltage Vd V d and negative sequence voltage Vi V i m frequency measured on the main and additional voltage channels Power Powers are calculated according to the phase currents 11 12 and 13 m active power m reactive power m apparent power
144. e to phase voltage U21 U32 U13 or U 21 U 32 U 13 go go n BO go go U21 U21 U21 U 21 Phase to neutral voltage V1 V2 V3 or V 1 V 2 V 3 BO BO n n VI VI VI v i v1 Residual voltage VO or V 0 go go n BO BO sO Neutral point voltage Vnt L n n n Third harmonic neutral point or residual voltage n n n n Positive sequence voltage Vd or V d go go n BO BO n negative sequence voltage Vi or V i Frequency BO NO NO sO NO NO NCZINO NO NOZIO HEO Active reactive apparent power P Q S n n n L L n n n n Peak demand power PM QM n L n L n n Active reactive apparent power per phase mn n n nl P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 P3 Q1 Q2 Q3 S1 S2 S3 Q1 S1 Q1 S1 Q1 S1 Power factor n L n L L n n n n Calculated active and reactive energy Wh VARh n n n n un n n n n Total harmonic distortion voltage Uthd n L L L L L L L n Phase displacement 90 p 0 n n n n a n Phase displacement 1 92 93 n n n n 7 n Apparent positive sequence impedance Zd n n L L n Apparent phase to phase impedances Z21 Z32 Z13 n n L n n m Function available on main voltage channels o Function available on Sepam B83 additional voltage channels Function available on Sepam B80 additional voltage channel according to the type of the additional voltage measured 1 If all three phase currents are measured Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries
145. e used for overall tripping or load shedding Protection stability is ensured in the event of the loss of the main source and presence of remanent voltage by a restraint in the event of a continuous decrease of the frequency which is activated by parameter setting ANSI 81R Rate of change of frequency Protection function used for fast disconnection of a generator or load shedding control Based on the calculation of the frequency variation it is insensitive to transient voltage disturbances and therefore more stable than a phase shift protection function Disconnection In installations with autonomous production means connected to a utility the rate of change of frequency protection function is used to detect loss of the main system in view of opening the incoming circuit breaker to m protect the generators from a reconnection without checking synchronization m avoid supplying loads outside the installation Load shedding The rate of change of frequency protection function is used for load shedding in combination with the underfrequency protection to m either accelerate shedding in the event of a large overload m or inhibit shedding following a sudden drop in frequency due to a problem that should not be solved by shedding PE50551 Functions Sepam series 80 Customized tripping curve set using SFT2841 software Equation td l 71 lt BRL L Is Equation td l B x5 LY 4 Is Equation td A ii E
146. ection H For Sepam to operate correctly its functional earthing terminal must be connected to the cubicle grounding circuit m Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 or5ACTs RJ45 plug CCA671 for connection of 3 Integrated with LPCT sensor LPCT sensors 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 2A or 5 A CTs 2 2 Ring lugs Earthing braid to be connected to cubicle grounding m flat copper braid with cross section gt 9 mm 4 Functional earth m maximum length 300 mm For connectors a C Cd CDI G see Page 119 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Phase current inputs Sepam series 80 Connection of 3 x 1 A or 5 A sensors to the CCA630 connector DE51788 The measurement of the 3 phase currents allows the calculation of residual current Connection of 2 x 1 A or 5 A sensors to the CCA630 connector DE51789 CCA630 Measurement of phase 1 and 3 currents is sufficient for all protection functions based on phase current This arrangement does not allow the calculation of residual current nor
147. ection cable shielding is grounded in Sepam Do not ground the cable by any other means The maximum resistance of the Sepam connection wiring must not be more than 4Q DE51679 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sensors CSH30 Interposing ring CT Function The CSH30 interposing ring CT is used as an interface when the residual current is measured using 1 A or 5 A current transformers Characteristics o Weight 0 2 kg Vertical assembly of CSH30 Horizontal assembly of Assembly On symmetrical DIN rail interposing ring CT CSH830 interposing ring CT In vertical or horizontal position Dimensions DE50066 Connection The CSH80 is adapted for the type of current transformer 1 A or 5 A by the number of turns of the secondary wiring through the CSH80 interposing ring CT m 5Arating 4 turns 1 A rating 2 turns Connection to 5 A secondary circuit Connection to 1 A secondary circuit PE50033 PE50034 A a plug into the connector plug into the connector m insert the transformer secondary wire m insert the transformer secondary wire through the CSH30 core balance CT 4 through the CSH30 core balance CT times twice Connection to Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 To residual current I0 input on connector A terminals 19 and 18 shielding Connection to Sepam series
148. ection of abnormally low frequency compared to the rated frequency to monitor power supply quality The protection may be used for overall tripping or load shedding Protection stability is ensured in the event of the loss of the main source and presence of remanent voltage by a restraint in the event of a continuous decrease of the frequency which is activated by parameter setting ANSI 81R Rate of change of frequency Protection function used for fast disconnection of a generator or load shedding control Based on the calculation of the frequency variation it is insensitive to transient voltage disturbances and therefore more stable than a phase shift protection function Disconnection In installations with autonomous production means connected to a utility the rate of change of frequency protection function is used to detect loss of the main system in view of opening the incoming circuit breaker to m protect the generators from a reconnection without checking synchronization m avoid supplying loads outside the installation Load shedding The rate of change of frequency protection function is used for load shedding in combination with the underfrequency protection to m either accelerate shedding in the event of a large overload m or inhibit shedding following a sudden drop in frequency due to a problem that should not be solved by shedding Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 l gt Is time delayed output DE50275
149. ector is monitored Sepam series 40 Voltage sensors connected to the 6 pin connector A choice of 2 types of removable screw lockable 6 pin connectors m CCA626 screw type connector or m CCA627 ring lug connector The presence of the connector is monitored Mounting accessories AMT840 mounting plate It is used to mount a Sepam with basic UMI inside the compartment with access to connectors on the rear panel Mounting used with remote advanced UMI module DSM303 AMT852 lead sealing accessory The AMT852 lead sealing accessory can be used to prevent unauthorized modification of the settings of Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 units with integrated advanced UMIs The accessory includes m a lead sealable cover plate m the screws required to secure the cover plate to the integrated advanced UMI of the Sepam unit Note the AMT852 lead sealing accessory can secured only to the integrated advanced UMIs of Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 units with serial numbers higher than 0440000 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 20 Dimensions Sepam series 40 Dimensions 3 g 40 Mounting g i J 8 00000000000 O aa i i O o 00000 222 196 22 176 _ gt i Top view of Sepam with advanced UMI and MES114 flush mou
150. efined animated symbols to represent the electrotechnical devices or other objects m assign the logic inputs or internal status conditions that modify the animated symbols For example the logic inputs for the circuit breaker position must be linked to the circuit breaker symbol to enable the display of the open and closed conditions m assign the logic outputs or internal status conditions that are activated when an opening or closing order are issued for the symbol m display the current voltage and power measurements on the mimic diagram PE50542 SFT2841 mimic diagram editor Control matrix The control matrix is used for simple assignment of data from m protection functions m control and monitoring functions m logic inputs m logic equations or the Logipam program to the following output data m logic outputs m 9 LEDs on the front of Sepam m messages for local display m triggering of disturbance recording PE50305 ete SIT ee SFT2841 control matrix ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Software SFT2826 disturbance recording data display software Function The SFT2826 software is used to display analyze and print disturbance data recorded by Sepam It uses COMTRADE IEEE standard Common format for transient data exchange for power systems files Mt10623 Transfer of disturbance recording dat
151. epam C86 m capacitor bank short circuit protection m voltage and frequency monitoring m specific overload protection self adapted to the number of connected steps m unbalance protection 51C DE51766 Communication All Sepam relays communicate and can be integrated in a communication architecture All Sepam information can be accessed remotely Supervisor Sepam Sepam Sepam series 20 series 40 series 80 Sepam connection to two communication networks S LAN and E LAN Communication networks and protocols Two types of communication network Sepam relays can be connected to two types of networks thus providing access to different types of information m a supervisory local area network or S LAN m an engineering local area network or E LAN Examples of communication architectures are presented on pages 36 and 37 Supervisory local area network S LAN An S LAN is used for supervision functions concerning the installation and the electric network It can be used to connect a set of communicating devices using the same communication protocol to a centralized supervision system Sepam can be connected to an S LAN using one of the following communication protocols m Modbus RTU m DNP3 m IEC 60870 5 103 Engineering local are
152. er and n mond n protection setting files Exporting of parameter and protection settings m m n in a text file Printing of parameter and protection settings i E E hf u Modification of passwords one for parameter n u n setting and one for protection setting Sepam parameter setting H ETA EF re q ta t Display of parameter settings L n n n n n z LES AE iii ia 4 Hardware configuration and parameter entry u li m u fi us uH u 8 Erra REI protected by parameter setting password Graphical parameter setting assistance n n Protection setting Display of protection settings s m u m s us us uH u Entry of protection settings protected by i EH m E H uH u j F protection setting password Definition of customized tripping curve ni tn Adaptation of the predefined functions Display and modification of the control matrix m mH H m m n uH u n Logic equation editing n n Number of instructions 100 200 Number of dedicated remote 10 20 indications SFT2841 Sepam series 80 application with protection Display of logic equations n n function measurement origin Load the Logipam program s n Setting of Logipam parameters n e dub vr ILE Assignment of LEDs on front u us u um m u u parie aree a ee a i e ni ri Lendl Pl A fan Di Editing of user messages n n n
153. er quality taking into account harmonics up to number 13 m current THD calculated according to 11 m voltage THD calculated according to V1 or U21 Phase displacement m phase displacement g1 2 p3 between phase currents 11 12 I3 and voltages V1 V2 V3 respectively m phase displacement 0 between residual current and residual voltage Disturbance recording Recording triggered by user set events m all sampled values of measured currents and voltages m status of all logic inputs and outputs logic data pick up Recording characteristics Number of recordings in COMTRADE format Adjustable from 1 to 19 Total duration of a recording Adjustable from 1 to 11s Number of samples per period 12 or 36 Duration of recording prior to occurrence of the event Adjustable from 0 to 99 periods Maximum recording capability Network frequency 12 samples 36 samples per period per period 50 Hz 22s 7s 60 Hz 18s 6s Voltage comparison for synchro check For the synchro check function the MCS025 module continuously measures the amplitude frequency and phase differences between the 2 voltages to be checked Out of sync context Storage of amplitude frequency and phase differences between the 2 voltages measured by the MCS025 module when a closing order is inhibited by the synchro check function Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www
154. ernal negative reactive energy counter n a a a n Free Logic outputs Tripping L L L LI L 01 Inhibit closing n n n n 02 Watchdog n n n n 04 Close order a a a a a 011 Note all of the logic inputs are available via the communication link and are accessible in the SFT2841 matrix for other non predefined applications Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven PE50020 DE51644 Logic input output modules MES120 14 input 6 output module PPDDDLIDIIILILIIIIIODI G IS MES120 MES120G 14 input 6 output module Presentation Function The 5 output relays included on the Sepam series 80 base unit may be extended by adding 1 2 or 3 MES120 modules with 14 DC logic inputs and 6 outputs relays 1 control relay output and 5 indication relay outputs Two modules are available for the different input supply voltage ranges and offer different switching thresholds m MES120 14 inputs 24 V DC to 250 V DC with a typical switching threshold of 14V DC m MES120G 14 inputs 220 V DC to 250 V DC with a typical switching threshold of 155 V DC Characteristics Weight 0 38 kg Operating temperature 25 C to 70 C Environmental characteristics Same characteristics as Sepam base units Voltage 24 250 V DC 220 250 V DC Range 19 2 275VDC 170 275 V DC Typical consumption
155. es 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Metering and diagnosis Sepam series 40 Description Sepam self diagnosis Switchgear diagnosis assistance Sepam includes a number of self tests carried outinthe Switchgear diagnosis data give facility managers information on base unit and optional modules The purpose of the m mechanical condition of breaking device self tests is to m Sepam auxiliaries m detect internal failures that may cause nuisance and assist them for preventive and curative switchgear maintenance actions tripping or failed fault tripping The data are to be compared to switchgear manufacturer data m put Sepam in fail safe position to avoid any unwanted operation m alert the facility manager of the need for ANSI 60 60FL CT VT supervision maintenance operations Used to monitor the entire metering chain m CT and VT sensors Internal failure m connection Two categories of internal failures are monitored m Sepam analog inputs major failures Sepam shutdown to fail safe Monitoring includes position m consistency checking of currents and voltages measured The protection functions are inhibited the output relays m acquisition of phase or residual voltage transformer protection fuse blown are forced to drop out and the Watchdog output contacts indicates Sepam shutdown In the event of a loss of current or voltage measurement data the assigned minor failures downgraded Sepam operation protection functions m
156. es 20 Sepam series 40 ANSI 67N 67NC type 1 Directional earth fault according to 10 projection Characteristic angle 45 0 15 30 45 60 90 IsO set point 0 1 to 15 Ind Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s Vs0 set point 2 to 80 of Un Memory time TOmem time 0 0 05 s to 300s VOmem validity set point Characteristic angle 45 0 15 30 45 60 90 0 2 to 80 of Unp ANSI 67N 67NC type 2 Directional earth fault according to 10 magnitude with half plan tripping zone Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT IsO set point 0 5 to 15 Ind Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 5 to 1 Ind IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 IsO Vs0 set point 2 to 80 of Unp Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5sto20s ANSI 67N 67NC type 3 Directional earth fault according to 10 magnitude with angular sector tripping zone Angle at start of tripping zone 0 to 359 Angle at end of tripping zone 0 to 359 IsO set point CSH core balance CT 0 1 Ato 30A Definite time Inst 0 05 to 300 s 2 A rating 1 ACT CSH30 0 05 to 15 InO min 0 1 A sensitive In0 0 1 CT In Core balance CT ACE990 0 05 to 15 InO min 0 1 A range 1
157. es are available depending on the type of Sepam and sensors connected to it m residual currents 10 calculated by the vector sum of the 3 phase currents m measured residual current l0 Different types of sensors may be used to measure residual current m CSH120 or CSH200 specific core balance CT m conventional 1 A or 5 A current transformer with CSH30 interposing ring CT m any core balance CT with an ACE990 interface Demand current and peak demand currents Demand current and peak demand currents are calculated according to the 3 phase currents 11 12 and 13 m demand current is calculated over an adjustable period of 5 to 60 minutes m peak demand current is the greatest demand current and indicates the current drawn by peak loads Peak demand currents may be cleared Voltage and frequency The following measurements are available according to the voltage sensors connected m phase to neutral voltages V1 V2 V3 m phase to phase voltages U21 U32 U13 m residual voltage VO m positive sequence voltage Vd and negative sequence voltage Vi m frequency f Power Powers are calculated according to the phase currents 11 12 and 13 m active power m reactive power m apparent power m power factor cos Power calculations is based on the 2 wattmeter method The 2 wattmeter method is only accurate when there is no residual current and it is not applicable if the neutral is distributed Peak demand powers The greatest dem
158. fault current at the time of the last Sepam trip order to indicate fault current The values are stored in the tripping contexts Negative sequence unbalance Negative sequence component of phase currents 11 12 and 13 indicating the degree of unbalance in the power supplied to the protected equipment Phase displacement m phase displacement 1 92 p3 between phase currents 11 12 I3 and voltages V1 V2 V3 respectively m phase displacement O between residual current and residual voltage Disturbance recording Recording triggered by user set events m all sampled values of measured currents and voltages m status of all logic inputs and outputs m logic data pick up Characteristics Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Number of recordings in 2 Adjustable from 1 to 19 COMTRADE format Total duration of a recording 86 periods Adjustable from 1 to 10s 1 72 s at 50 Hz 1 43 s at 60 Hz The total of all the records plus one must not be more than 20 s at 50 Hz and 16 s at 60 Hz Number of samples per period 12 12 Duration of recording prior to Adjustable from 0 to 86 Adjustable from 0 to 99 occurrence of the event periods periods Recorded data m currents or voltages m currents or voltages m logic inputs m logic inputs m pick up pick up m logic output O1 m logic outputs O1 to 04 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiri
159. g by 150 Q resistor 5 SW2 parameter setting of asynchronous data transmission rate and format same parameters as for RS 232 link and 2 wire RS 485 network Rate bauds SW2 1 SwW2 2 SW2 3 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 Format SW2 4 SW2 5 With parity check 0 Without parity check 1 1 stop bit compulsory for Sepam 0 2 stop bits 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 Oo 0 O0 O O a au a Converter configuration when delivered m 12 V DC distributed power supply m 11 bit format with parity check 2 wire RS 485 network polarization and impedance matching resistors activated Connection RS 232 link m to 2 5 mm screw type terminal block a m maximum length 10 m m Rx Tx RS 232 receiving sending by ACE909 2 m OV Rx Tx common do not earth 2 wire RS 485 link with distributed power supply m to female 9 pin sub D connector m 2 wire RS 485 signals L L m distributed power supply V 12 V DC or 24 V DC V 0 V Power supply m to 2 5 mm screw type terminal block m reversible phase and neutral m earthed via terminal block and metal case ring lug on back of case ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Converters PE50036 ACE919CC RS 485 RS 485 converter Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 80
160. g circuits are only supervised when connected as shown below Connection for shunt trip coil Connection for undervoltage Connection for closing circuit monitoring trip coil monitoring supervision Auxiliary power supply monitoring The voltage rating of Sepam s auxiliary supply should be set between 24 V DC and 250 V DC If the auxiliary supply drifts 2 alarms may be triggered m high set point alarm adjustable from 105 to 150 of rated supply maximum 275 V m low set point alarm adjustable from 60 to 95 of rated supply minimum 20 V Cumulative breaking current monitoring Six cumulative currents are proposed to assess breaking device pole condition total cumulative breaking current cumulative breaking current between 0 and 2 In cumulative breaking current between 2 In and 5 In cumulative breaking current between 5 In and 10 In cumulative breaking current between 10 In and 40 In m cumulative breaking current gt 40 In Each time the breaking device opens the breaking current is added to the cumulative total and to the appropriate range of cumulative breaking current Cumulative breaking current is given in KA An alarm can be generated when the total cumulative breaking current exceeds a set point Number of operations Cumulative number of opening operations performed by the breaking device Circuit breaker operating time and charging time Number of rackouts Used to assess the condition
161. g for MES114E and MES114F input voltages ODOPPOSPOOC The parameter setting status may be accessed in the Sepam Diagnosis screen of the SFT2841 software tool Parameter setting of the inputs for AC voltage V AC setting inhibits the operating time measurement function DSTTSTSTT Assembly m insert the 2 pins on the MES module into the slots 1 on the base unit m flatten the module up against the base unit to plug it into the connector 2 m tighten the 3 mounting screws DE51683 Connection MES114 MES114E MES114F Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently The inputs are potential free and the DC power supply source is external DE51685 Wiring of connectors M and K ra wiring without fitting 4 o 1 wire with maximum cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 5 o or 2 wires with maximum cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 122 6 o stripped length 8 to 10 mm 123 EE 7 wiring with fittings j j 7 o recommended wiring with Telemecanique fitting 24 lt p 8 DZ5CE015D for one 1 5 mm wire O DZ5CE025D for one 2 5 mm wire 111 125 lt TT 9 AZ5DE010D for two 1 mm2 wires o tube length 8 2 mm 112 126 H gt 10 o stripped length 8 mm f 113 a 114 Courtesy of Steven En
162. g modes 1 and 2 IEC IDMT curves Protection functions 50 51 50N 51N 67 67N 67NC 49RMS Machine 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 46 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 46 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 IEEE IDMT curves Usual IDMT curves Voltage IDMT curves 27 59N 24 Customized curve 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 Timer hold 50 51 50N 51N 50V 51V 67 67N 67NC type 2 Protection Setting ranges Functions Sepam series 80 ANSI 12 Overspeed 100 to 160 of Qn 1 to 300s ANSI 14 Underspeed 10 to 100 of Qn 1 to 300s ANSI 21B Underimpedance Impedance Zs 0 05 to 2 00 Vn Ib ANSI 24 Overfluxing V Hz Tripping curve Definite time IDMT type A B or C Gs set point 1 03 to 2 pu Definite time 0 1 to 20000 s IDMT 0 1 to 1250s ANSI 25 Synchro check Measured voltages Phase to phase Phase to neutral Rated primary phase to phase voltage Unp sync1 Vnp sync1 Unp sync1 V3 220 V to 250 kV 220 V to 250 kV Unp sync2 Vnp sync2 Unp sync2 V3 220 V to 250 kV 220 V to 250 kV Rated secondary phase to phase voltage Uns sync1 90 V to 120 V 90 V to 230 V Uns sync2 90 V to 120 V 90 V to 230 V Synchro check setpoints dUs set point 3 to 30 of Unp sync1 3 to 30 of Vnp sync1 dfs set point 0 05 to 0 5 Hz 0 05 to 0 5 Hz dPhi set point 5 to 80 5 to 80 Us high set p
163. ge 1 0 1 VA 0 02000 E3 E4 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 02632 E2 E3 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 04000 E1 E2 ACE990 range 1 0 2 VA 0 05780 E1 E5 ACE990 range 2 2 5 VA 0 06757 E2 E5 ACE990 range 2 2 5 VA 0 08850 E1 E4 ACE990 range 2 3 0 VA 0 09091 E3 E5 ACE990 range 2 3 0 VA 0 11364 E2 E4 ACE990 range 2 3 0 VA 0 15873 E1 E3 ACE990 range 2 4 5 VA 0 16667 E4 E5 ACE990 range 2 4 5 VA 0 20000 E3 E4 ACE990 range 2 5 5 VA 0 26316 E2 E3 ACE990 range 2 7 5 VA Connection to Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 To residual current lO input on connector A terminals 19 and 18 shielding Connection to Sepam series 80 m to residual current lO input on connector E terminals 15 and 14 shielding m to residual current l O input on connector E terminals 18 and 17 shielding Recommended cables m cable between core balance CT and ACE990 less than 50 m long m sheathed cable shielded by tinned copper braid between the ACE990 and Sepam maximum length 2 m m cable cross section between 0 93 mm AWG 18 and 2 5 mm AWG 13 m resistance per unit length less than 100 mQ m m minimum dielectric strength 100 V Connect the ACE990 connection cable shielding in the shortest manner possible 2 cm maximum to the shielding terminal on the Sepam connector Flatten the connection cable against the metal frames of the cubicle The connection cable shielding is grounded in Sepam Do not ground the cable by any o
164. ge and frequency monitoring Monitoring of the 3 phase voltages and the residual voltage on 2 both half busbars Sepam B83 B22 DE51722 DE51723 B83 DE51696 m busbar short circuit protection m line voltage and frequency monitoring Additional busbar voltage monitoring Sepam B80 B80 DE51697 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all applications Standard transformer application diagrams do not take voltage levels into account m the transformer primary winding is always at the top m the transformer secondary winding is always at the bottom The transformer primary and secondary windings need to be protected The Sepam proposed can be installed on either the primary or secondary winding of the transformer The other winding can be protected by an incomer or feeder type substation application Sepam Transformer applications Protection functions ANSI code T20 T40 T42 T81 T82 T87 Phase overcurrent 1 50 51 4 4 8 Earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 Negative sequence 46 1 2 2 unbalance Thermal overload for 49RMS 2 2 machines 1 Restricted earth fault 64REF 2 differential Two wind
165. gical equation editor m 2 Modbus communication ports for multi master or redundant architectures m 16 temperature sensor inputs m removable memory cartridge with parameter and protection settings for fast return to service following replacement m battery backup to save historical and disturbance recording data mimic based UMI for local device control under safe conditions m optional Logipam programming software to program specific functions PE50463 PE50464 DE51732 DE51733 DE51734 DE51735 lo DE51736 ol ul ala ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all applications Selection guide for all applications Basic Specific Substation Busbars Transformer Motor Generator Capacitor current protection S20 T20 M20 voltage and B21 frequency protection disconnection by B22 Page rate of change of 43 frequency current voltage and S40 T40 G40 frequency protection directional earth fault S41 M41 directional earth fault S42 T42 and phase overcurrent current voltage and S80 B80 frequency protection directional earth fault S81 T81 M81 directional earth faul
166. gineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all applications The selection guide proposes the Sepam types suited to your protection needs based on the characteristics of your application The most typical applications are presented with the corresponding Sepam and each application example is described by m a single line diagram indicating o equipment to be protected o network configuration o position of measurement sensors m standard and specific Sepam functions to be implemented to protect the application The list of functions is given for information purposes Earthing whether direct or via an impedance is represented by the same pictogram i e the pictogram corresponding to a direct connection Panorama of Sepam applications Sepam series 20 For usual applications Fg Characteristics m 10 logic inputs m 8 relay outputs m 1 Modbus communication port m 8 temperature sensor inputs PE50465 DE51730 DE51731 Sepam series 40 For demanding applications ig Characteristics m 10 logic inputs Sepam series 80 gt gt gt gt m 8 relay outputs For custom applications m logical equation editor E Characteristics PE50465 m 1 Modbus communication port m 16 temperature sensor inputs m 42 logic inputs m 23 relay outputs m lo
167. gineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Logic input output MES114 MES114E MES114F modules 14 input 6 output module Logic input output assignment of Sepam series 20 The use of the preset control and monitoring functions requires exclusive parameter setting and particular wiring of the inputs according to the application and type of Sepam Input assignment and parameter setting of the control and monitoring functions may be done on the advanced UMI or using the SFT2841 software tool Since a current input may only be assigned to a single function not all the functions are available at the same time Example when the logic discimination function is used the switching of groups of settings function may not be used Assignment table of logic inputs by application Logic inputs Open position n n L L 111 Closed position n n L 112 Logic discrimination receive blocking input n n 113 Switching of groups of settings A B r 1 I External reset n n L 114 External tripping 4 n n n n External tripping 10 n 2 n n 121 External network synchronization n a a n External tripping 2 n 3 n n 122 Motor re acceleration External tripping 3 n 4 n n 123 Buchholz alarm 1 n Rotor direction detection n Thermistor tripping n n End of charging position n a a 124 Thermostat alarm 1 n Thermistor alarm
168. group A for network protection in normal mode when the network is supplied by the utility m group B for network protection in backup mode when the network is supplied by a backup generator Thermal overload for machines Each unit has 2 groups of settings to protect equipment that has two operating modes Examples of use m transformers switching of groups of settings by logic input according to transformer ventilation operating mode natural or forced ventilation ONAN or ONAF m motors switching of groups of settings according to current set point to take into account the thermal withstand of motors with locked rotors Measurement origin The measurement origin needs to be indicated for each unit of the protection functions that may use measurements of different origins The setting links a measurement to a protection unit and allows the protection units to be distributed optimally among the measurements available according to the sensors connected to the analog inputs Example distribution of ANSI 50N 51N function units for transformer earth fault protection m 2 units linked to measured IO for transformer primary protection m 2 units linked to measured l O for transformer secondary protection m 2 units linked to 102 for protection upstream of the transformer m 2 units linked to l OX for protection downstream of the transformer Summary table Characteristics 2 groups of settings A et B 2 groups of settings operatin
169. hase or phase to neutral voltage each voltage being monitored separately Characteristics m definite time DT curve m IDMT curve ANSI 59 Overvoltage Detection of abnormally high network voltage or checking for sufficient voltage to enable source transfer Works with phase to phase or phase to neutral voltage each voltage being monitored separately ANSI 59N Neutral voltage displacement Detection of insulation faults by measuring residual voltage m ANSI 59N in isolated neutral systems m ANSI 59N 64G1 in stator windings of generators with earthed neutral Protects the 85 to 90 of the winding terminal end not protected by the ANSI 27TN 64G2 function third harmonic undervoltage Characteristics m definite time DT curve m IDMT curve ANSI 47 Negative sequence overvoltage Protection against phase unbalance resulting from phase inversion unbalanced supply or distant fault detected by the measurement of negative sequence voltage Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Protection Description Frequency protection functions ANSI 81H Overfrequency Detection of abnormally high frequency compared to the rated frequency to monitor power supply quality ANSI 81L Underfrequency Detection of abnormally low frequency compared to the rated frequency to monitor power supply quality The protection may b
170. heck module Function The MCS025 module checks the voltages upstream and downstream of a circuit breaker to ensure safe closing ANSI 25 It checks the differences in amplitude frequency and phase between the two measured voltages taking into account dead line busbar conditions Three relay outputs may be used to send the close enable to several Sepam series 80 units The circuit breaker control function of each Sepam series 80 unit will take this close enable into account PE50285 The settings for the synchro check function and the measurements carried out by the module may be accessed by the SFT2841 setting and operating software similar to the other settings and measurements for the Sepam series 80 The MCS025 module is supplied ready for operation with m the CCA620 connector for connection of the relay outputs and the power supply m the CCT640 connector for voltage connection m the CCA785 cord for connection between the module and the Sepam series 80 base unit MCS025 synchro check module Characteristics Weight 1 35 kg Assembly With the AMT840 accessory Operating temperature 25 C to 70 C Environmental characteristics Same characteristics as Sepam base units Input impedance gt 100 kQ Consumption lt 0 015 VA VT 100 V Continuous thermal withstand 240V 1 second overload 480 V Relay outputs 01 and 02 Voltage DC 24 48 V DC 127V DC 220 V DC
171. hgear Functional system for electrical from 100 to 630 A system up to 125 A distribution switchboards up to 3200 A Canalis Enclosures for Prefabricated Busbar distribution Trunking switchboards from 25 to 4000 A up to 160 A PowerLogic Power management Training Training allows you to acquire the Merlin Gerin expertise installation design work with power on etc for increased efficiency and a guarantee of improved customer service The training catalogue includes beginner s courses in electrical distribution knowledge of MV and LV switchgear operation and maintenance of installations design of LV installations to give but a few examples Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e svevo lena cor ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 General contents Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Introduction Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Additional modules and accessories Order form Merlin Gerin Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering
172. hine interface the DSM303 offers all the functions available on a Sepam integrated advanced UMI It may be installed on the front panel of the cubicle in the most suitable operating location m reduced depth lt 30 mm m a single module for each Sepam to be connected by one of the CCA772 or CCA774 cords 2 or 4 meters The module may not be connected to Sepam units with integrated advanced UMIs Characteristics Weight 0 3 kg Assembly Flush mounted Operating temperature 25 C to 70 C Environmental characteristics Same characteristics as Sepam base units Description and dimensions The module is flush mounted and secured simply by its clips No screw type fastener is required Side view Cut out for flush mounting mounting plate thickness lt 3 mm lt 144 0 2 gt RJ45 lateral output connector to connect the module to the base unit with a CCA77x cable Mounting clip 2 Gasket to ensure NEMA 12 tighteness gasket delivered with the DSM303 module to be installed if necessary Connection RJ45 connector to connect the module to the base unit with a CCA77x cord The DSM303 module is always the last interlinked remote module and it systematically ensures impedance matching by load resistor Rc Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Remote modules MCS025 Synchro c
173. ical Sepam This order form can be used to define a complete Sepam configuration configurations ordered Check the boxes M or indicate the required quantities in the appropriate spaces according to your choices Base unit and UMI Application Type B1 sensor B2 sensor Base unit with mimic based UMI SEP888 59705 Substation S80 59729 T CT M or LPCT E Base unit with advanced UMI SEP383 59704 E S81 59730 T CT Hj or LPCT E Base unit without basic UMI SEP080 59703 E 82 59731 H CT Hj or LPCT E Remote advanced DSM303 59608 H S84 59732 T CT Hj or LPCT E UMI module compulsory with SEP080 Transformer T81 59733 T CT or LPCT E Connection cordL 0 6m CCA770 59660 T T82 59734 T CT j or LPCT E L 2m CCA772 59661 T T87 59735 T CT M CT M L 4m CCA774 59662 Motor M81 59736 CT or LPCT E Mounting plate AMT880 59706 T M87 59737 E CT j or LPCT I CT jor LPCT M Note 8 mounting clips included M88 59738 T CT F CT E Memory cartridge Generator G82 59739 I CT Mor LPCT E Memory cartridge MMS020 59707 E G87 59741 T CT j or LPCT CT M or LPCT M Logipam option SFT080 59711 E G88 59742 T CT E CT M Note option required to use Logipam program Busbar B80 59743 T CT Hor LPCT E Working language B83 59744 T CT M vT M Sepam series 80 EN FR 59709 I Capacitor C86 59745 T CT or LPCT F CT E EN ES
174. ice connector reserved for software upgrades 7 E LAN 2 wire RS485 communication port ACE969TP and ACE969FO 8 S LAN 2 wire RS485 communication port Na DE51855 DE51856 ACE969TP 9 S LAN fiber optic communication port ACE969FO 10 2 wire RS485 communication ports 1 2 wire RS485 network terminal block Port S LAN ACE969TP Port E LAN ACE969TP or m 2 black terminals connection of RS485 twisted ACE969FO pair 2 wires 2 1 m 2 green terminals connection of twisted pair for distributed power supply 2 Indication LEDs m flashing Tx LED Sepam sending m flashing Rx LED Sepam receiving 3 Clamps and recovery of shielding for two network cables incoming and outgoing inner diameter of clamp 6 mm 4 Fixing stud for network cable ties 5 Jumper for RS485 network line end impedance matching with load resistor Rc 150 Q to be set to m X if the interface is not at the line end default position m Rc if the interface is at the line end DE51863 DE51864 Fiber optic communication port 1 Indication LEDs Port S LAN ACE969FO m flashing Tx LED Sepam sending 1 m flashing Rx LED Sepam receiving 2 Rx female ST type connector Sepam receiving 3 Tx female ST type connector Sepam sending DE51865 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South
175. ific sensor Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m Definite time DT or IDMT curve choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves m with or without timer hold m second harmonic restraint to ensure stability during transformer energizing activated by parameter setting ANSI 50BF Breaker failure If a breaker fails to be triggered by a tripping order as detected by the non extinction of the fault current this backup protection sends a tripping order to the upstream or adjacent breakers Protection Description ANSI 46 Negative sequence unbalance Protection against phase unbalance detected by the measurement of negative sequence current m sensitive protection to detect 2 phase faults at the ends of long lines m protection of equipment against temperature build up caused by an unbalanced power supply phase inversion or loss of phase and against phase current unbalance Characteristics Sepam series 20 1 definite time DT curve 1 specific Schneider IDMT curve Sepam series 40 1 definite time DT curve 7 IDMT curves 3 IEC curves 3 IEEE curves and 1 specific Schneider curve ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload Protection against thermal damage caused by overloads on machines transformers motors or generators The thermal capacity used is calculated according to a mathematical model which takes into account m current RMS values m ambient temperature m negative sequence current a cause of motor roto
176. ineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Converters 165 ACE909 2 RS 232 RS 485 converter 165 ACE919CA and ACE919CC RS 485 RS 485 converters 167 Ethernet EGX200 gateway 169 Ethernet EGX400 server 170 WPG software tool HTML page generator 172 Sensors 173 Selection guide 173 Voltage transformers 174 1A 5A current transformers 175 LPCT type current sensors 177 CSH120 and CSH200 Core balance CTs 179 CSH30 Interposing ring CT 180 ACE990 Core balance CT interface 181 Order form 183 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Software Sepam software Presentation Three types of Sepam PC software are available m SFT2841 setting and operating software m SFT2826 disturbance recording data display software m SFT2885 programming software for the Sepam series 80 Logipam SFT2841 and SFT2826 software SFT2841 and SFT2826 software is provided on the same CD ROM as the interactive presentation of the Sepam range and the Sepam documentation in PDF format PC connection cord The CCA783 PC connection cord to be ordered separately is designed to connect a PC to the RS 232 port on the front panel of a Sepam unit in order to use the SFT2841 software in point to point connected mode SFT2885 software SFT2885 is available on a separate CD ROM It comes with SFT2887
177. ines the tripping set point m hot tripping time and current setting which determine a point on the tripping curve ANSI 51C Capacitor bank unbalance Detection of capacitor step internal faults by measuring the unbalance current flowing between the two neutral points of a step connected in a double star arrangement Four unbalance currents can be measured to protect up to 4 steps Characteristics m 2 set points per step m definite time DT curve ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Protection Sepam series 80 Description Recloser Differential protection functions ANSI 79 ANSI 64REF Restricted earth fault differential Automation device used to limit down time after tripping Detection of phase to earth faults on 3 phase windings with earthed neutral by due to transient or semi permanent faults on overhead comparison of residual current calculated from the 3 phase currents and residual lines The recloser orders automatic reclosing of the current measured at the neutral point breaking device after the time delay required to restore 11 12 13 the insulation has elapsed Recloser operation is easy to adapt for different operating modes by parameter setting Characteristics m 1 to 4 reclosing cycles each cycle has an adjustable dead time m adjustable independent reclaim time and safety time until recloser ready time del
178. ing language Sepam series 20 EN FR 59609 T EN ES 59611 E Connectors Type Screw type CCA620 59668 T Ring lug CCA622 59669 T type Core balance CTs Modules Core balance CT 120 mm CSH120 59635 T Input output modules Core balance CT 200 mm CSH200 59636 H 10 inputs 4 outputs 24 250 V DC MES114 59646 T Interposing ring CT CSH30 59634 E 10 inputs 4 outputs 110 125 VDC V AC MES114E 59651 Core balance CT interface ACE990 59672 10 inputs 4 outputs 220 250 V DC V AC MES114F 59652 Fj Note only one core balance CT can be added Note the Sepam base unit has 4 outputs only one input output module can be added Remote modules Connection cord 8 temperature sensor MET148 2 59641 H L 0 6m CCA770 59660 F module L 2m CCA772 59661 F L 4m CCA774 59662 7 Note the MET 148 2 can be used only with applications T and M Analog output module MSA141 59647 T L 0 6m CCA770 59660 T L 2m CCA772 59661 T L 4m CCA774 59662 E Communication interfaces Modbus interfaces Connection cord 2 wire RS 485 interface ACE949 2 59642 1 CCA612 59663 T 4 wire RS 485 interface ACE959 59643 T CCA612 59663 T Fiber optic interface ACE937 59644 T CCA612 59663 T Multi protocol interfaces Modbus DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 2 wire RS 485 interface ACE969TP 59720 CCA612 59663 T Fiber optic interface ACE969FO 59721 H CCA612 59663 T Note only one interface per application ven
179. ing transformer 1 differential Directional phase 2 overcurrent 1 Directional earth fault 67N 67NC Directional active overpower sep Overfluxing V Hz Positive sequence undervoltage NO PY PO PO Remanent undervoltage Undervoltage L L or L N Overvoltage L L or L N Neutral voltage displacement Negative sequence i 2 4 O nti LIT N NIAJ AIN overvoltage Overfrequency 81H 2 Underfrequency 4 Thermostat Buchholz 2 26 63 o Temperature monitoring 38 49T o D O 16 RTDs G 8 RTDs 16 16 16 16 16 RTDs RTDs RTDs RTDs RTDs Synchro check 4 25 O O O The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard O options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 According to parameter setting and optional input output modules 3 With optional MET148 2 temperature input modules 4 With optional MCS025 synchro check module ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Transformer applications applications Transformer feeder protection m transformer short circuit and overload protection m internal transformer protection Thermostat Buchholz ANSI 26 63 m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 49T Transformer feeder protection without voltage monitoring Sepam T20 Earth fault protection Ear
180. inite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 20 s Measurement origin 10 input l O input or sum of phase currents I0 ANSI 78PS Pole slip Time delay of the equal area criterion 0 1 to 300 s Maximum number of power swings 1 to 30 Time between 2 power swings 1 to 300s ANSI 81H Overfrequency Set point and time delay 50 to 55 Hz or 60 to 65 Hz 0 1 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 81L Underfrequency Set point and time delay 40 to 50 Hz or 50 to 60 Hz 0 1 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 81R Rate of change of frequency 0 1 to 10 Hz s 0 15 to 300 s ANSI 87M Machine diff rential Ids set point 0 05 to 0 5 In In 2 20 A 0 1 to 0 5 In In lt 20 A ANSI 87T Transformer differential High set point Percentage based curve 3 to 18 In1 Ids set point 30 to 100 In1 Slope Id It 15 to 50 Slope Id It2 without 50 to 100 Slope change point 1 to 18 In1 Restraint on energization Current threshold 1t010 Delay 0 to 300s Restraint on CT loss Activity On Off Retenues sur taux d harmoniques Classic Self adapting Choice of restraint classic Self adapting High set point On On Off Harmonic 2 percentage set point off 5 to 40 Harmonic 2 restraint per phase total Harmonic 5 percentage set point off 5 to 40 Harmonic 5 restraint per phase tot
181. ion The application file can be printed in part or in whole The application file can be personalized front page title block general description of the program etc SFT2885 program debugging Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Logic input output MES114 MES114E MES114F modules 10 input 4 output module Presentation Function The 4 outputs included on the Sepam series 20 and 40 may be extended by adding an optional MES114 module with 10 inputs and 4 outputs available in 3 versions m MES114 10 DC inputs voltage from from 24 V DC to 250 V DC m MES114E 10 inputs voltage 110 125 V AC or V DC m MES114F 10 inputs voltage 220 250 V AC or V DC PE50476 Characteristics Weight 0 28 kg Operating 25 C to 70 C temperature Environmental Same characteristics as Sepam base units characteristics Voltage 24 to 110 to 110 VAC 220 to 220 to 250 V DC 125 V DC 250VDC 240VAC Range 19 2 to 88 to 88 to 176 to 176 to 275 V DC 150 VVDC 132V AC 275VDC 264VAC Frequency 47to63Hz 47 to 63 Hz 10 input 4 output MES114 module Typical consumption 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA 3 mA Typical switching 14V DC 82 V DC 58 V AC 154VDC 120VAC threshold Input limit Atstate0 gt 19 V DC gt 88 VDC gt 88 VAC 2176VDC 2176VAC voltage Atstate1 lt 6VDC lt 75VDC lt 22VAC lt 137VDC lt 48VAC
182. ion associated with direction detection angular sector tripping zone defined by 2 adjustable angles and picks up if the earth fault function in the chosen direction line or busbar is activated This protectionfunction complies with the Enel DK5600 specification Type 3 characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT curve m choice of tripping direction m no timer hold Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Directional power protection functions ANSI 32P Directional active overpower Two way protection based on calculated active power for the following applications m active overpower protection to detect overloads and allow load shedding m reverse active power protection o against generators running like motors when the generators consume active power o against motors running like generators when the motors supply active power ANSI 320 40 Directional reactive overpower Two way protection based on calculated reactive power to detect field loss on synchronous machines m reactive overpower protection for motors which consume more reactive power with field loss m reverse reactive overpower protection for generators which consume reactive power with field loss Protection Description Machine protection functions
183. ion to communication networks E Temperature sensors g Low level analog output Synchro check module E Software tools Sepam series 80 and its optional modules A choice of user machine interfaces UMI to meet your operating needs m advanced UMI for all Sepam relays D on front panel O or remote UMI installed in the most convenient location for the facility manager m mimic based UMI for Sepam series 80 offering local switchgear control A software tool for all Sepam relays The SFT2841 software is the setting and operating tool for Sepam series 20 series 40 and series 80 m the ergonomics are designed to guide you in setting up Sepam m future compatibility is ensured with all Sepam versions SFT2841 a single software tool for all Sepam relays ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Introduction Sepam to boost productivity Easy operation To ensure fast and effective servicing thereby reducing the operating and maintenance costs of your electric installation all operating and maintenance information is available m locally and remotely m in your language Local operation All the data required for local equipment operation are clearly displayed on the LCD screen of the UMI User Machine Interface m UMI screens can be translated to your language m alarms and operating messages can be personalized PE5002
184. isco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Metering and diagnosis Characteristics Metering Phase current 0 02 to 40 In 0 5 Residual current Calculated 0 005 to 40 In t1 Measured 0 005 to 20 InO t1 Demand current 0 02 to 40 In 0 5 Peak demand current 0 02 to 40 In 0 5 o Phase to phase voltage Main channels U 0 05 to 1 2 Unp 0 5 Additional channels U 0 05 to 1 2 Unp 1 Phase to neutral voltage Main channels V 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 0 5 Additional channels V 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 1 Residual voltage 0 015 to 3 Vnp 1 Neutral point voltage 0 015 to 3 Vntp t1 Positive sequence voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 2 Negative sequence voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 2 Frequency Main channels f 25 to 65 Hz 0 01 Hz Additional channels f 45 to 55 Hz fn 50 Hz 0 05 Hz 55 to 65 Hz fn 60 Hz Active power total or per phase 0 008 Sn to 999 MW 1 Reactive power total or per phase 0 008 Sn to 999 MVAR 1 Apparent power total or per phase 0 008 Sn to 999 MVA 1 Peak demand active power 0 008 Sn to 999 MW 1 o Peak demand reactive power 0 008 Sn to 999 MVAR 1 o Power factor 1 to 1 CAP IND 0 01 Calculated active energy 0 to 2 1 x 108 MWh 1 1 digit Do Calculated reactive energy 0 to 2 1 x 1
185. ited events must be activated during setup of the DNP3 protocol Time setting and synchronization The Sepam internal clock manages the date and time Time setting is possible m via the Sepam display m using the SFT2841 software m via the communication link To ensure long term time stability or to coordinate a number of devices Sepam units can be synchronized m by an external pulse to a dedicated logic input m via the communication link ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication Available Sepam data Description Remote setting Sepam parameter and protection settings The following remote setting functions are available m selection of the protection setting group m reading of general parameters m reading of protection settings remote reading m writing of protection settings remote setting The writing of protection settings may be inhibited by parameter setting S LAN and E LAN networks The availability of remote setting functions over the S LAN depends on the communication protocol used All remote setting functions are available over the E LAN using the SFT2841 software Other data accessible via special functions Network diagnosis The network diagnostic information recorded in files by Sepam can also be transmitted over the communication link m disturbance recording records in COMTRADE fo
186. ks of microswitches L2 and L3 in the same position as the L1 block and close the shield Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sensors LPCT type current sensors Test accessories Accessory connection principle DE5175 S e fa N bs 1 LPCT sensor equipped with a shielded cable fitted with a yellow RJ 45 plug which B eE is plugged directly into the CCA670 CCA671 connector ts ti 7 014 po e f L3 2 Sepam protection unit 2118 705 a dle 3 CCA670 CCA671 connector LPCT voltage interface with microswitch setting of o 6401 g rated current o A m CCA670 lateral plugs for Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 21 sE m CCA671 radial plugs for Sepam series 80 T e 4 CCA613 remote test plug flush mounted on the front of the cubicle and equipped with a 3 meter cord to be plugged into the test plug of the CCA670 CCA671 g interface connector 9 pin sub D 2 o 5 ACE917 injection adapter to test the LPCT protection chain with a standard o injection box g 224t6 6 Standard injection box 2 3 Dne tle 1 gl D mi e Jez ACE917 injection adapter Function The ACE917 adapter is used to test the protection chain with a standard injection box when Sepam is connected to LPCT sensors The ACE917 adapter is inserted between m
187. larm set point TS1 0 C to 180 C or 32 F to 356 F Trip set point TS2 0 C to 180 C or 32 F to 356 F ANSI 40 Field loss underimpedance Common point Xa 0 02 Vn Ib to 0 2 Vn Ib 187 5 kQ Circle 1 Xb 0 2 Vn Ib to 1 4 Vn Ib 187 5 kQ 0 05 to 300 s Circle 2 Xc 0 6 Vn Ib to 3 Vn Ib 187 5 kQ 0 1 to 300 s 1 Sn v3 In Unp ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Protection Setting ranges ANSI 46 Negative sequence unbalance Tripping curve Definite time Schneider Electric IEC SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C IEEE MI D VI E El F RI setting constant from 1 to 100 Is set point 0 to 5 Ib Definite time 0 1 to 300 s 0 1 to 0 5 Ib Schneider Electric IDMT 0 1 to 1s 0 1 to 1 Ib IEC IEEE 0 03 to 0 2 Ib RI Measurement origin Main channels l or additional channels F ANSI 47 Negative sequence overvoltage Set point and time delay 1 to 50 of Unp 0 05 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 48 51LR Locked rotor excessive starting time Is set point 0 5 Ib to 5 Ib ST starting time 0 5 s to 300 s ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload for cables Admissible current 1 to 1 73 Ib LT and LTS time delays 0 05 s to 300 s Time constant T1 1 to 600 min ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload for capacitors Alar
188. le See page 150 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DSM303 Remote advanced UMI module See page 151 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MCS025 Synchro check module See page 152 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 Number of sets of interlinked modules maximum number of 1 set of 3 interlinked 1 set of 3 interlinked modules 5 modules split between 2 sets of remote modules modules interlinked modules Connection Connection cords Different combinations of modules may be connected using cords fitted with 2 black RJ45 connectors which come in 3 lengths m CCA770 length 0 6 m m CCA772 length 2m m CCA774 length 4 m The modules are linked by cords which provide the power supply and act as functional links with the Sepam unit connector to connector a Qd to 0a sei Caution The MCS025 module must be connected with the special CCA785 prefabricated cord supplied with the module and equipped with one orange and one black RJ45 connector DE51646 Rules on inter module linking m linking of 3 modules maximum m DSM303 and MCS025 modules may only be connected at the end of the link Maximum advisable configurations Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 just 1 set of interlinked modules Base Cord Module 1 Cord Module 2 Module 3 DE51770 TINTE eri series 20 CCA772 MSA141 CCA770 MET148 2 CCA774 DSM303 series 40 CCA772 MSA141 CCA770 MET148 2 CCA774 DSM303 z series 40 CCA772 MSA141 CCA770 MET148 2 CCA772 MET148 2 La 2 series 40 CCA
189. lied with 12 V DC or 24 V DC ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Communication interfaces PE50023 DE51663 1 70 mm with CCA612 cord connected 4 wire Power supply p RS 485 12 or S network 24V DC ACE959 Power supply 4 wire Power supply 12 or RS 485 120r 24V DC network 24 V DC Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven ACE959 4 wire RS 485 network interface Function The ACE959 interface performs 2 functions m electrical interface between Sepam and a 4 wire RS 485 communication network m main network cable branching box for the connection of a Sepam with a CCA612 cord Characteristics Weight Assembly Operating temperature 0 2 kg On symmetrical DIN rail 25 C to 70 C Same characteristics as Sepam base units Environmental characteristics Standard Distributed power supply Consumption EIA 4 wire RS 485 differential External 12 V DC or 24 VDC 10 16 mA in receiving mode 40 mA maximum in sending mode Number of Sepam Maximum length with Maximum length with units 12 V DC power supply 24 V DC power supply 5 320 m 1000 m 10 180 m 750 m 20 160 m 450 m 25 125 m 375
190. ling in differential mode 1 kV common mode 0 5 kV differential mode 3 kV common mode 1 kV differential mode 1 MHz damped oscillating wave 60255 22 1 1 2 50 us impulse wave 60255 5 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Converters DE51667 DE50038 Male 9 pin sub D connector supplied with the ACE909 2 DE51668 ACE909 2 RS 485 Phn V V L L ol VICH juan 3 7 9 5 ACE909 2 RS 232 RS 485 converter Description and dimensions A Terminal block for RS 232 link limited to 10 m Female 9 pin sub D connector to connect to the 2 wire RS 485 network with distributed power supply 1 screw type male 9 pin sub D connector is supplied with the converter Power supply terminal block 1 Distributed power supply voltage selector switch 12 V DC or 24 V DC 2 Protection fuse unlocked by a 1 4 turn 3 Indication LEDs m ON OFF on if ACE909 2 is energized m Tx on if RS 232 sending by ACE909 2 is active m Rx on if RS 232 receiving by ACE909 2 is active 4 SW1 parameter setting of 2 wire RS 485 network polarization and line impedance matching resistors Function SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 Polarization at 0 V via Rp 470 Q ON Polarization at 5 V via Rp 470 Q ON 2 wire RS 485 network impedance ON matchin
191. lts in stator windings This function may be used to protect generators connected to step up transformers 100 stator earth fault is a combination of two protection functions m ANSI 59N 64G1 neutral voltage displacement protection of 85 to 90 of the stator winding terminal end m ANSI 27TN 64G2 thrid harmonic undervoltage protection of 10 to 20 of the stator winding neutral point end DE50099 Fi I gt ie 59N 64G1 I e 27TN 64G2 Stator winding of a generator protected 100 by the combination of ANSI 59N and ANSI 27TN protection functions ANSI 27TN 64G2 Third harmonic undervoltage Protection of generators with earthed neutral against phase to earth insulation faults by the detection of a reduction of third harmonic residual voltage Protects the 10 to 20 of the stator winding neutral point end not protected by the ANSI 59N 64G1 function neutral voltage displacement Characteristics m choice of 2 tripping principles according to the sensors used o fixed third harmonic undervoltage set point o adaptive neutral and terminal third harmonic voltage comparator set point time delayed definite time DT tripping ANSI 26 63 Thermostat Buchholz Protection of transformers against temperature rise and internal faults via logic inputs linked to devices integrated in the transformer ANSI 38 49T Temperature monitoring Protection that detects abnormal temperature build up by measuring the temperatu
192. m series 80 Communication Available Sepam data Selection table Modbus RTU protocol DNP3 protocol IEC 60870 5 103 protocol Series 20 Series 40 Series 80 Series 20 Series 40 Series80 Series20 Series 40 Series 80 Metering and diagnosis Measurements n n n n n n n n n Energy n n n n Network diagnosis n n n n n n Machine diagnosis n n n n n n Switchgear diagnosis n n n n n Sepam diagnosis n n n n n n n Logipam counters n n Remote indications Alarms and internal status n n n n n n n n L conditions Logic inputs n n n n n n n Logic outputs n n LEDs n n Logic equations n n n n n Pulse type remote control n n n n n n L n n orders in direct mode Pulse type remote control n n n n n n orders in Select Before Operate mode Maintained remote control n orders for Logipam Remote control security n Data accessible via special functions gt gt gt Time tagging Time tagged events n n n n n a n n Unsollicited events n n Time setting and n n n n n n L synchronization Remote setting Selection of the protection m n n n n n n n setting group Reading writing of protection m n n settings Reading of general n n n parameters Reading writing of analog n n n n n output MSA141 Network diagnosis Transfer of disturbance n n n n n n L n L recording data Tripping contexts n n a n Out of sync context a Miscellaneous Identification of Sep
193. m current 1 05 Ib to 1 70 Ib Trip current 1 05 Ib to 1 70 Ib Positioning of the hot tripping curve Current setting 1 02 x trip current to 2 Ib Time setting ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload for machines Accounting for negative sequence component 1 to 2000 minutes variable range depending on the trip current and current setting Mode 1 Mode 2 0 2 25 4 5 9 Time constant Heating T1 1 to 600 min T1 1to 600 min Cooling T2 5 to 600 min T2 5 to 600 min Alarm and tripping set points Es1 and Es2 0 to 300 of rated thermal capacity Initial thermal capacity used EsO 0 to 100 Switching of thermal settings condition by logic input by Is set point adjustable from 0 25 to 8 Ib Maximum equipment temperature 60 to 200 C Measurement origin ANSI 50BF Breaker failure Presence of current 0 2 to 2 In Main channels l or additional channels l Operating time 0 05sto3s ANSI 50 27 Inadvertent energization Is set point 0 05 to 4 In Vs set point 10 to 100 Unp T1 0to10s T2 0 to 10s ANSI 50 51 Phase overcurrent Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT IEC SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Customized DT Is set point 0 05 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300s 0 05 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10
194. m series 20 Sepam series 40 Setup Initial setup The initial setup is carried out using a PC connected to the EGX200 via an RS 232 link This setup m specifies the IP address of the EGX gateway m lists the connected products with their Modbus communication parameters Setup via the Ethernet network Once connected to the Ethernet network the EGX200 gateway can be accessed by a standard internet browser via its IP address to m create or update the list of the connected products with their Modbus communication parameters m update the firmware Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven PE50538 PE50270 Converters Ethernet EGX400 gateway DE52081 Ethernet EGX400 server Function The EGX400 server is used as an Ethernet coupler for Sepam the PowerLogic devices and for any other communicating devices operating under the Modbus RS 485 protocol It contains HTML pages set up using the WPG software tool that can be accessed using a standard internet browser The HTML pages are used to display the information provided by the devices connected to the server Supervisor and internet browser The EGX400 server makes it possible to implement two types of user interface m supervision software m a standard internet browser providing access to the main information organised in predefined HTML pages These two appro
195. ment table of logic inputs by application Logic inputs Open position n n n n 111 Closed position n l 112 Logic discrimination receive blocking input 1 E E E a Free Logic discrimination receive blocking input 2 E Free Switching of groups of settings A B L l n a n 113 External reset n n n n Free External tripping 1 n n n n Free External tripping 2 n n n n Free External tripping 3 n n n n Free Buchholz gas tripping Free Thermostat tripping a Free Pressure tripping E Free Thermistor tripping a a u Free Buchholz gas alarm Free Thermostat alarm n Free Pressure alarm Free Thermistor alarm a a a Free End of charging position a a a a a Free Inhibit remote control a u n Free SF6 n n n Free Inhibit recloser a Free External synchronization a E E a 121 Inhibit thermal overload a a a Free Switching of thermal settings n a n Free Motor re acceleration a Free Rotor rotation detection a Free Inhibit undercurrent a Free Inhibit closing I E E a a Free Open order B n a L a Free Close order n a a a a Free Phase voltage transformer fuse melting a E E a a Free Residual voltage transformer fuse melting a E E a a Free External positive active energy counter n n a Free External negative active energy counter n n E a a Free External positive reactive energy counter n n n a a Free Ext
196. mon mode 0 5 kV differential mode 3 kV common mode 1 kV differential mode 5 ns fast transient bursts 1 MHz damped oscillating wave 60255 22 1 1 2 50 us impulse wave 60255 5 Converters ACE919CA and ACE919CC RS 485 RS 485 converters Description and dimensions A Terminal block for 2 wire RS 485 link without distributed power supply Female 9 pin sub D connector to connect to the 2 wire RS 485 network with distributed power supply 1 screw type male 9 pin sub D connector is supplied with the converter Power supply terminal block DE52172 1 Distributed power supply voltage selector switch 12 V DC or 24 V DC 2 Protection fuse unlocked by a 1 4 turn 3 ON OFF LED on if ACE919 is energized 4 SWI parameter setting of 2 wire RS 485 network polarization and impedance matching resistors Polarization at 0 V via Rp 470 Q ON Polarization at 5 V via Rp 470 Q ON 2 wire RS 485 network impedance ON matching by 150 Q resistor DE50038 Converter configuration when delivered m 12 V DC distributed power supply m 2 wire RS 485 network polarization and impedance matching resistors activated Male 9 pin sub D connector supplied with the ACE919 Co nn ectio n 2 wire RS 485 link without distributed power supply m to 2 5 mm screw type terminal block L L 2 wire RS 485 signals m Shielding 2 wire RS 485 link with distribute
197. mounting clips yor 21 1 S SSOSBSOSSOCSSOSSHOSSSS la 3 Two holding pins for the flush mount position 4 CCA785 connection cord Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Remote modules MCS025 Synchro check module Dimensions Gasket to ensure NEMA 12 tighteness y Mounting 40 clip 3 E 4 a a 196 o E y 40 A MCS025 gt t 40 lt 98 Assembly with AMT840 mounting plate The MCS025 module should be mounted at the back of the compartment using the AMT840 mounting plate 123 DE50926 DE51656 AMT840 mounting plate ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Remote modules DE52075 r N Sepam series 80 MCS025 Synchro check module MCS025 1 CCT640 4 SE Usynch1 gt O 43 DE Usyneh2 gt O 5 662 O 70 35 BE Synchro check Parameters ANSI 25 and settings v Nj Measurements Indications AN 04 a a ag cs a a aN ae Sel ee a o O Close order
198. n 9 0 15 to 1 Ib ANSI 38 49T Temperature monitoring 8 or 16 RTDs Alarm and trip set points 0 to 180 C or 32 to 356 F ANSI 46 Negative sequence unbalance Definite time 0 1 to 5 Ib 0 05 s to 300 s 0 05 s to 300s 0 05 s to 300s 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 s to 300 s 0 1 s to 300 s 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 s to 300 s IDMT 0 1 to 0 5 Ib Schneider Electric 0 1 to 1 Ib CEI IEEE 0 1sto1s Tripping curve Schneider Electric CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C IEEE MI D VI E El F ANSI 47 Negative sequence overvoltage 1 to 50 of Unp ANSI 48 51LR 14 Excessive starting time locked rotor ANSI 49RMS Thermal overload 0 5 Ib to 5 Ib Accounting for negative sequence component 0 05 s to 300 s ST starting time 0 5 s to 300 s LT and LTS time delays 0 05 s to 300 s Rate 1 Rate 2 O 2 25 4 5 9 Time constant Heating T1 5 to 120 mn T1 5 to 120 mn Cooling T2 5 to 600 mn T2 5 to 600 mn Alarm and tripping set points 50 to 300 of rated thermal capacity Cold curve modification factor 0 to 100 Switching of thermal settings conditions By logic input By ls set point adjustable from 0 25 to 8 Ib Maximum equipment temperature ANSI 50 51 Phase overcurrent 60 to 200 C Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT
199. n a n n n n Positive sequence voltage Vd rotation direction n n n n n n n Negative sequence voltage Vi Frequency n n n n n n n Active reactive and apparent power P Q S a n L L L Peak demand power PM QM power factor Calculated active and reactive energy W h var h n n n n n n n Active and reactive energy by pulse counting W h varh O O O o o o o Temperature oO O O Oo Network and machine diagnosis Tripping context n n n n n n Tripping current Tripl1 Tripl2 Tripl3 Triplo n n n n n n Unbalance ratio negative sequence current li n n n n n n n Phase displacement g0 1 92 93 n n n n n n Disturbance recording n n n n n n L Thermal capacity used n n n n Remaining operating time before overload tripping n n n n Waiting time after overload tripping n n n n Running hours counter operating time n n n n Starting current and time n Start inhibit time number of starts before inhibition n Switchgear diagnosis Cumulative breaking current n n n n n n n Trip circuit supervision O O O o o o o Number of operations operating time charging time o o o o o o o CT VT supervision 60FL n n n n n n n Control and monitoring ANSI code Circuit breaker contactor control 1 94 69 n n n n n n n Latching acknowledgement 86 n n n n n n n Logic discrimination 68 o o o o d o o Switching of groups of settings n a n n n n Annunciation 30 n n n n n Logic equation editor n n n n n n n Additional modules 8 temperature sensor inpu
200. nc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Busbar applications applications Protection functions ANSI code B21 B80 B83 Phase overcurrent 1 8 Earth fault 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 Breaker failure Negative sequence unbalance Positive sequence undervoltage Remanent undervoltage Undervoltage L L or L N Overvoltage L L or L N Neutral voltage displacement Negative sequence overvoltage Overfrequency Underfrequency Rate of change of frequency Synchro check 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 BP PM PM HR BR PP Pr TITTI The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard D options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 With optional MCS025 synchro check module 3 2 undervoltage L L and 1 undervoltage L N ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Busbar applications applications m voltage and frequency monitoring Monitoring of the 3 phase voltages and the residual voltage on busbars Sepam B21 or B22 m load shedding specific function 81L m load shedding specific functions 81L 81R B21 8 Ea m busbar short circuit protection m volta
201. ndustry automobiles mines semi conductors metallurgy petrochemicals o commercial sector shopping centres hospitals Sepam guaranteed quality Protection relays must be totally reliable That level of reliability is obtained by total quality at every step from design on through to operation m design based on dependability studies and complying with the functional safety requirements of standard IEC 61508 m development and production certified ISO 9001 m environment friendly production certified ISO 14001 m service quality ensured by decentralized logistics and support m compliance with international standards and local certification CE 508 DE51860 DES1862 24 W DE51861 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Introduction Sepam offers flexibility to match your needs Enhancement through the addition of optional modules to keep pace with your ever changing installation To adapt to as many situations as possible and allow for future installation upgrades optional modules may be added to Sepam at any time for new functions m plug amp play modules easy to install and connect m complete setup using software Base unit Ready E Parameter and protection settings saved on removable memory cartridge PE50483 EJ 42 logic inputs and 23 relay outputs with 3 optional modules 14 Connect
202. nected to the communication port on the front of the unit ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 20 Presentation Sepam series 40 Selection guide PE50465 PE50466 PE50467 Functions Local indication Metering and diagnosis data n L Alarms and operating messages n n Sepam parameter setting n L Protection setting n n Version of Sepam and remote modules n n Status of logic inputs L n Local control Alarm acknowledgement L n Sepam reset n n L Output testing n L Characteristics Screen Size 128 x 64 pixels 128 x 64 pixels Automatic contrast setting n n Backlit screen L n Keypad Number of keys 1 9 9 LEDs Sepam operating status 2 LEDs on front 2 LEDs on front m base unit 2 LEDs on front m remote advanced UMI 2 LEDs on front Indication LEDs 9 LEDs on front 9 LEDs on front 9 LEDs on remote advanced UMI Mounting Flush mounted on front of cubicle Flush mounted on front of cubicle m base unit with basic UMI mounted at the back of the compartment using the AMT840 mounting plate m DSM8303 remote advanced UMI module flush mounted on the front of the cubicle and connected to the base unit with the CCA77x prefabricated cord Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e w
203. nector m type of current sensor connector PE50492 Sepam base unit series 20 or series 40 with integrated advanced UMI PE50493 Sepam base unit series 20 or series 40 with basic UMI Customized Chinese advanced UMI Base unit Presentation User Machine Interface Two types of User Machine Interfaces UMI are available for Sepam base units series 20 or series 40 m advanced UMI m basic UMI The advanced UMI can be integrated in the base unit or installed remotely on the cubicle Integrated and remote advanced UMIs offer the same functions A Sepam series 20 or series 40 with a remote advanced UMI is made up of m a base unit with basic UMI for mounting inside the LV compartment m aremote advanced UMI DSM303 for flush mounting on the front panel of the cubicle in the location most suitable for the facility manager o for connection to the Sepam base unit using a prefabricated CCA77x cord The characteristics of the remote advanced UMI module DSM303 are presented on page 151 Advanced UMI Comprehensive data for facility managers All the data required for local equipment operation may be displayed on demand m display of all measurement and diagnosis data in numerical format with units and or in bar graphs m display of operating and alarm messages with alarm acknowledgment and Sepam resetting m display and setting of all the Sepam parameters m display and setting of all the parameters of ea
204. ng or spade lugs per terminal m tightening torque 0 7 to 1 Nm B For Sepam 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 20 T20 and M20 or 5 A CTs RJ45 plug CCA670 for connection of 3 Integrated with LPCT sensor LPCT sensors B For Sepam Screw type CCT640 Same as wiring for the CCA620 B21 and B22 O Green RJ45 plug CCA612 0 Black RJ45 plug CCA770 L 0 6 m CCA772 L 2m CCA774 L 4m ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Base unit Sepam series 40 1 This type of connection allows the calculation of residual voltage 2 Accessory for bridging terminals 3 and 5 supplied with CCA626 connector Connection Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently a Screw type CCA620 wiring with no fittings o 1 wire with max cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with max cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 o stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings O recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 x 1 5 mm wire DZ5CE025D for 1 x 2 5 mm wire AZ5DE010D f
205. ng outputs for all the protection functions and all the logic inputs can be latched individually The latched information is saved in the event of an auxiliary power failure The logic outputs cannot be latched All the latched data may be acknowledged m locally with the key m remotely via a logic input m or via the communication link The Latching acknowledgement function when combined with the circuit breaker contactor control function can be used to create the ANSI 86 Lockout relay function ANSI 68 Logic discrimination This function provides m perfect tripping discrimination with phase to phase and phase to earth short circuits on all types of network m faster tripping of the breakers closest to the source solving the drawback of conventional time discrimination Each Sepam is capable of m sending a blocking input when a fault is detected by the phase overcurrent and earth fault protection functions which may or may not be directional ANSI 50 51 50N 51N 67 or 67N 67NC m and receiving blocking inputs which inhibit protection tripping A saving mechanism ensures continued operation of the protection in the event of a blocking link failure Output relay testing Each output relay is activated for 5 seconds to make it simpler to check output connections and connected switchgear operation Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800
206. nosis data in numerical format with units and or in bar graphs m display of operating and alarm messages with alarm acknowledgment and Sepam resetting m display of the list of activated protection functions and the main settings of major protection functions m adaptation of activated protection function set points or time delays in response to new operating constraints m display of Sepam and remote module versions m output testing and logic input status display m display of Logipam data status of variables timers m entry of 2 passwords to protect parameter and protection settings PE50472 Sepam series 80 base unit with integrated advanced UMI Local control of devices using the mimic based UMI The mimic based UMI provides the same functions as the advanced UMI as well as local control of devices m selection of the Sepam control mode m view device status on the animated mimic diagram m local opening and closing of all the devices controlled by Sepam PE50473 Ergonomic data presentation m keypad keys identified by pictograms for intuitive navigation m menu guided access to data m graphical LCD screen to display any character or symbol m excellent display quality under all lighting conditions automatic contrast setting and backlit screen user activated Sepam series 80 base unit with mimic based UMI Working language All the texts and messages displayed on the advanced UMI or on the mimic based UMI ar
207. nted in front panel 40 1 With basic UMI 23 mm 176 Front view of Sepam gt 40 Side view of Sepam with advanced UMI and MES114 flush mounted in front panel gt F Clearance for Sepam assembly and wiring 1 With basic UMI 23 mm Cut out Cutout accuracy must be complied with to ensure good withstand DE50924 DE51970 202 202 202 0 74 2 da y 79 162 92 jx gt gt 162 02 lz Mounting plate thickness between Mounting plate thickness Detailed view 1 5 mm and 3 mm 3 17 mm 0 125 inches of notches Assembly with AMT840 mounting plate Used to mount Sepam at the back of the compartment with access to the connectors on the rear panel Mounting associated with the use of the remote advanced UMI DSM303 DE50926 DE51846 123 Sepam with basic UMI and MES114 mounted with AMT840 Mounting plate 2 mm thick AMT840 mounting plate Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Characteristics Base unit Sepam series 20 Description Sepam series 40 Front panel with advanced UMI 1 GreenLED Sepamon 112 3 4 2 Red LED Sepam unavailable S 3 9 yellow indication LEDs 4 Labelidentifying the indication LEDs 5 Graphical LCD screen 6 Display of measurements 7 Display of switchgear network and machin
208. o adapt and complete the predefined control and monitoring functions Sepam series 40 only o creation of personalized messages for local annunciation Sepam series 40 only Operating principle The processing of each control and monitoring function may be broken down into 3 phases m acquisition of input data o results of protection function processing o external logic data connected to the logic inputs of an optional MES114 input output module o remote control orders TC received via the Modbus communication link m actual processing of the control and monitoring function m utilization of the processing results o activation of output relays to control a device o information sent to the facility manager by message and or LED on the Sepam display and SFT2841 software by remote indication TS via the Modbus communication link Logic outputs N Control matrix Predefined control and monitoring functions Circuit breaker contactor control Annunciation Etc Predefined Signal lamps messages Q Personalized messages Sepam series 40 Messages PHASE FAULT Logic inputs and outputs The number of Sepam inputs outputs must be adapted to fit the control and monitoring functions used The 4 outputs included in the Sepam base unit series 20 or series 40 may be extended by adding one MES114 modules with 10 logic inputs and 4 output relays After selecting the
209. o black terminals A and B m connection of twisted pair for distributed power supply to green terminals V and V m the interfaces are fitted with clamps to hold the network cable and recover shielding at the incoming and outgoing points of the network cable o the network cable must be stripped o the cable shielding must be rolled back and in contact with the clamp o shielding continuity of incoming and outgoing cables is ensured by the electrical continuity of the clamps m all cable clamps are linked by an internal connection to the earthing terminals of the ACE969 interface protective and functional earthing i e the shielding of the RS485 cables is earthed as well m on the ACE969TP interface the cable clamps for the S LAN and E LAN RS485 networks are earthed Fiber optic communication port S LAN The fiber optic connection can be made m point to point to an optic star system m ina ring system active echo The sending and receiving fiber optics fibers must be equipped with male ST type connectors The fiber optics are screw locked to Rx and Tx connectors ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Converters PE50035 ACE909 2 RS 232 RS 485 converter ACE909 2 RS 232 RS 485 converter Function The ACE909 2 converter is used to connect a master central computer equipped with a V24 RS 232 type serial port as a stand
210. o reduce maintenance time If a base unit fails simply m switch off Sepam and unplug connectors m retrieve original cartridge m replace the faulty base unit by a spare base unit without cartridge m load the original cartridge into the new base unit plug in the connectors and switch Sepam on again Sepam is operational with all its standard and customized functions without requiring any reloading of protection and parameter settings Backup battery Standard lithium battery 1 2 AA format 3 6 Volts It allows the following data to be stored in the event of an auxiliary power outage m time tagged event tables m disturbance recording data m peak demands tripping context etc m date and time The battery presence and charge are monitored by Sepam The main data e g protection and parameter settings are saved in the event of an auxiliary power outage regardless of the state of the battery Auxiliary power supply DC power supply voltage from 24 to 250 V DC MT00253 Sepam series 80 memory cartridge and backup battery Five relay outputs The 5 relay outputs O1 to O5 on the base unit must be connected to connector A Each output can be assigned to a predetermined function using the SFT2841 software O1 to O4 are 4 control outputs with one NO contact used by default for the switchgear control function m O1 switchgear tripping m 02 switchgear closing inhibition m O3 switchgear closing m O4 available
211. ogramming Ladder language o OE m EEO O O ORO om mjm moO om mjm moO OE m m E O OE m m E O Om m m E O Om m m E O O m m EEO ONE EEO OE m EEO OE m m E O om mjm mojo The figures indicate the number of relays available for each protection function m standard 0 options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 According to parameter setting and optional MES120 input output modules 3 With optional MET148 2 temperature input modules 4 With optional MCS025 synchro check module ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 80 Selection table Substation Transformer Motor Generator Busbar Cap Phase current 11 12 13 RMS L n n n a a n n a n n n Measured residual current 10 calculated I0X n a L L n a n n n Demand current 11 12 13 L n n n n n n n Peak demand current IM1 IM2 IM3 L n L n n L n L m n n Measured residual current l O n n n n n n n n n a n n n L Voltage U21 U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 L L n LI L L L n n n n Residual voltage VO n n n n n L n n n n n n n n Positive sequence voltage Vd rotation direction n n n n n n n n n n n n n Negative sequence voltage Vi n n n n n n L n n n n n a un Frequency n n n n n L n n n n n n
212. oint 70 to 110 Unp synci 70 to 110 Vnp sync1 Us low set point 10 to 70 Unp sync1 10 to 70 Vnp sync1 Other settings Lead time 0to0 5s 0 to 0 5 s Operating modes no voltage conditions Dead1 AND Live2 Dead1 AND Live2 for which coupling is allowed Livet AND Dead2 Livet AND Dead2 Dead1 XOR Dead2 Dead1 XOR Dead2 Dead1 OR Dead2 Dead1 OR Dead2 Dead1 AND Dead2 Dead1 AND Dead2 ANSI 27 Undervoltage L L or L N Tripping curve Definite time IDMT Set point 5 to 100 of Unp 0 05 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 27D Positive sequence undervoltage Set point and time delay 15 to 60 of Unp 0 05 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 27R Remanent undervoltage Set point and time delay 5 to 100 of Unp 0 05 to 300 s Measurement origin Main channels U or additional channels U ANSI 27TN 64G2 Third harmonic undervoltage Vs set point fixed 0 2 to 20 of Vntp 0 5 to 300 s K set point adaptive 0 1 to 0 2 0 5 to 300 s Positive sequence undervoltage 50 to 100 of Unp Minimum apparent power 1 to 90 of Sb Sb V3 Un Ib ANSI 32P Directional active overpower 1 to 120 of Sn 0 1 s to 300s ANSI 32Q Directional reactive overpower 5 to 120 of Sn 2 0 1 s to 300s ANSI 37 Phase undercurrent 0 05 to 1 Ib 0 05 s to 300 s ANSI 37P Directional active underpower 5 to 100 of Sn 2 0 1 s to 300s ANSI 38 49T Temperature monitoring A
213. om Selection guide for all Generator applications applications Protection of a generator transformer unit coupled to other generators or to a network Sepam G82 Short circuit detection on generator side 67 Control fault protection Internal transformer protection Thermostat Buchholz ANSI 26 63 m generator earth fault protection m generator earth fault protection 50G 51G 100 stator earth fault 64G m transformer secondary earth fault m transformer secondary earth fault protection protection o 50G 51G o 50G 51G o 59N o 59N DE51760 DE51761 Generator transformer unit differential protection Sepam G88 Generator transformer unit differential protection 87T m generator earth fault protection m generator earth fault protection 50G 51G 100 stator earth fault 64G m transformer secondary earth fault m transformer secondary earth fault protection protection o 50G 51G o 50G 51G O 64REF DE51762 DE51763 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Capacitor applications applications Protection functions ANSI code S20 S40 C86 Phase overcurrent 1
214. ompliant installations For a genuine partnership with you Because each electrical installation is unique there is no standard solution With the Guiding System the variety of combinations allows for genuine customisation solutions You can create and implement electrical installations to meet your creative requirements and design knowledge You and Merlin Gerin s Guiding System form a genuine partnership For more details on the Guiding System consult www merlin gerin com Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com A consistent design of offersfrom All Merlin Gerin offers are designed according to Medium Voltage to Ultra terminal electrical mechanical and communication consistency rules The products express this consistency by their overall design and shared ergonomics Electrical consistency Each product complies with or enhances system performance at co ordination level breaking capacity Isc temperature rise etc for more safety continuity of supply discrimination or economic optimisation cascading The leading edge technologies employed in Merlin Gerin s Fa Guiding System ensure high performance levels in discrimination and cascading of protection devices electrodynamic withstand of switches and current distributors heat loss of devices distribution Z blocks and enclosures Discrimination guarantee
215. onditions into account m adjustable high set point for fast tripping for violent faults with no restraint m percentage based characteristic with two adjustable slopes and adjustable low set point m restraint based on percentage of harmonics These restraints prevent nuisance tripping during transformer energizing during faults outside the zone that provoke saturation of the current transformers and during operation of a transformer supplied with excessive voltage overfluxing o self adapting neural network restraint this restraint analyzes the percentage of harmonics 2 and 5 as well as differential and through currents o restraint based on the percentage of harmonic 2 per phase or total o restraint based on the percentage of harmonic 5 per phase or total Self adapting restraint is exclusive with respect to restraints on the percentage of harmonic 2 or on the percentage of harmonic 5 m restraint on energization This restraint based on the magnetizing current of the transformer or on a logic equation or Logipam ensures stability of transformers that have low harmonic percentages on energization m fast restraint upon loss of sensor ANSI 87M Machine differential Phase to phase short circuit protection based on phase by phase comparison of the currents on motor and generator windings Characteristics m instantaneous tripping m fixed high set point for fast tripping for violent faults with no restraint m percentage based characte
216. one core balance CT may be connected to the ACE990 interface The secondary circuit of the MV core balance CT is connected to 2 of the 5 ACE990 interface input terminals To define the 2 inputs it is necessary to know the following m core balance CT ratio 1 n m core balance CT power m close approximation of rated current InO InO is a Sepam general setting and defines the earth fault protection setting range between 0 1 InO and 15 In0 The table below may be used to determine m the 2 ACE990 input terminals to be connected to the MV core balance CT secondary m the type of residual current sensor to set m the exact value of the rated residual current InO setting given by the following formula In0 k x number of core balance CT turns with k the factor defined in the table below The core balance CT must be connected to the interface in the right direction for correct operation the MV core balance CT secondary output terminal S1 must be connected to the ACE990 input terminal with the lowest index Ex K value ACE990 input Residual current Min MV core terminals to be sensor setting balance CT connected power 0 00578 E1 E5 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 00676 E2 E5 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 00885 E1 E4 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 00909 E3 E5 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 01136 E2 E4 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 01587 E1 E3 ACE990 range 1 0 1 VA 0 01667 E4 E5 ACE990 ran
217. or 2 x 1 mm wires D tube length 8 2 mm o stripped length 8 mm 6 35 mm ring lugs CCA622 m 6 35 mm ring or spade lugs 1 4 m maximum wire cross section of 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 m stripped length 6 mm m use an appropriate tool to crimp the lugs on the wires m maximum of 2 ring or spade lugs per terminal m tightening torque 0 7 to 1 Nm 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 or5ACTs RJ45 plug CCA670 for connection of 3 Integrated with LPCT sensor LPCT sensors Green RJ45 plug CCA612 O Black RJ45 plug CCA770 L 0 6 m CCA772 L 2 m CCA774 L 4m O Screw type CCA626 Same as wiring for the CCA620 6 35 mm ring lugs CCA627 Same as wiring for the CCA622 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Phase current inputs Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Connection of 3 x 1 A or 5 A sensors to the CCA630 connector CCA630 The measurement of the 3 phase currents allows the calculation of residual current DE52170 Connection of 2 x 1 A or 5 A CTs to the CCA630 connector CCA630 The measurement of phase currents 1 and 3 is sufficient to ensure all the current based protection functions DE52171 This arrangement does not allow the calculation of residual current Connection of 3 Low Power C
218. p control Schneider Electric makes electricity safe as well as facilitating and improving its use PE50528 Worldwide presence Schneider Electric by your side in over 130 countries With sites on every continent Schneider Electric contributes to customer performance through its unique selection of products solutions and services as well as its dynamic policy of innovation Continuous worldwide availability With over 5000 points of sale in 130 countries you can be sure of finding the range of products meeting your needs and complying perfectly with local standards Technical assistance around the globe Our technicians are always on hand to provide solutions tailored to your needs Schneider Electric provides all the technical assistance you require wherever you may be Visit the www merlin gerin com site to find contact information for Schneider Electric in your country Schneider Electric a manufacturer of protection relays PE50529 Sepam over 20 years of experience Breaking new ground back in 1982 Merlin Gerin marketed the first multi functional digital protection relay the Sepam 10 Today with the Sepam range you benefit from more than 20 years of experience on the part of our R amp D teams Installed base m 200 000 Sepam relays in over 90 countries m presence in every sector of activity D energy production and distribution o infrastructures airports tunnels public transport water treatment D i
219. perating principle Signal lamps G Control matrix DE51890 Messages Mimic diagram Predefined control and keys monitoring functions PHASE FAULT Circuit braker contactor control Predefined 1 Annunciation messages J gt Etc Mimic diagram Personalized messages Protection functions Animated Logic outputs Logic mimic diagram equations Logic equation editor The logic equation editor included in the SFT2841 software can be used to m complete protection function processing o additional interlocking o conditional inhibition validation of functions o etc m adapt predefined control functions particular circuit breaker or recloser control sequences etc Note that the use of the logic equation editor excludes the possibility of using the Logipam programming software B b lm de nb re Sir EAF de Qu Gd b 77 LL PE50491 Lag equal J ecm Sr FILI A logic equation is created by grouping logic input data received from m protection functions a RI m logic inputs Fm CAI at a m local control orders transmitted by the mimic based UMI a a m remote control orders a aat Fi using the Boolean operators AND OR XOR NOT and automation functions such as time delays bistables and time programmer Equation input is assisted and syntax checking is done systematically The result of an equation may then be m assigned
220. ping current Tripl1 Tripl2 Tripl3 Triplo n L n Unbalance ratio negative sequence current li n n Disturbance recording n L n n Thermal capacity used L n Remaining operating time before overload tripping LI Waiting time after overload tripping Running hours counter operating time n n Starting current and time n Start inhibit time n Number of starts before inhibition Switchgear diagnosis Cumulative breaking current n a Trip circuit supervision o O O O o Number of operations operating time charging time o O O Control and monitoring ANSI code Circuit breaker contactor control 94 69 O O O O O Latching acknowledgement 86 n L n L n Logic discrimination 68 o o o Switching of groups of settings 2 m 2 2 Annunciation 30 L L n n n Additional modules 8 temperature sensor inputs MET148 2 module O O 1 low level analog output MSA141 module o o o O D Logic inputs outputs o o o O o MES114 MES114E MES114F 101 40 module Communication interface o o o o o ACE949 2 ACE959 ACE937 ACE969TP or ACE969FO m standard d according to parameter setting and MES114 MES114E MES114F or MET148 2 input output module options 1 For shunt trip unit or undervoltage trip unit 2 Exclusive choice between logic discrimination and switching from one 2 relay group of settings to another 2 relay group 3 Performs Sepam B20 functions ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e Gene
221. ping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT DT RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Is set point 0 5 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 5 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 ls Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 20 s ANSI 59 Overvoltage Phase to phase Phase to neutral 2 50 to 150 of Unp 50 to 150 of Vnp 0 05 s to 300 s ANSI 59N Neutral voltage displacement 2 to 80 of Unp 0 05 s to 300 s ANSI 66 Starts per hour Starts per period 1 to 60 Period 1 to 6hr Consecutive starts 1 to 60 Time between starts O to 90 mn ANSI 67 Directional phase overcurrent Tripping time delay Timer hold Tripping curve Definite time DT SIT LTI VIT EIT UIT 1 DT RI DT CEI SIT A LTI B VIT B EIT C DT or IDMT IEEE MI D VI E El F DT or IDMT IAC I VI El DT or IDMT Is set point 0 1 to 24 In Definite time Inst 0 05 s to 300 s 0 1 to 2 4 In IDMT 0 1 s to 12 5 s at 10 ls Timer hold Definite time DT timer hold Inst 0 05 s to 300 s IDMT IDMT reset time 0 5 s to 20 s Characteristic angle 30 45 60 1 Tripping as of 1 2 Is 2 Sepam series 40 only ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Protection Setting ranges Sepam seri
222. ples of architectures Five typical communication architectures are presented in the examples below Each architecture is presented with m a simplified diagram m the characteristics of the implemented networks The physical architecture of the communication networks and the connection to networks depends on the type of network RS485 or fiber optic and the communication interfaces used Sepam communication interfaces are presented in detail on page 157 Supervisor or RTU DE5205 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 E LAN characteristics Protocol Modbus RTU Physical medium Twisted pair 2 wire or 4 wire RS485 or fiber optic E LAN BH Sepam Sepam Sepam series 20 series 40 series 80 S LAN characteristics Protocol Modbus RTU DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 2 wire RS485 twisted pair or fiber optic Physical medium E LAN characteristics Protocol Modbus RTU Physical medium 2 wire RS485 twisted pair Supervisor g or RTU DE5205 Sepam series 80 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San
223. puts Residual voltage input 124 Main channels 124 Additional channels for Sepam B83 125 Additional channel for Sepam B80 126 Available functions 127 Additional modules and accessories 129 Commande 183 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 80 Selection table Substation Transformer Motor Generator Busbar Cap Phase overcurrent 1 50 51 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Earth fault Sensitive earth fault 50N 51N 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Negative sequence unbalance 46 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Thermal overload for cables 49RMS 2 2 2 Thermal overload for machines 49RMS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Thermal overload for capacitors 49RMS 2 Capacitor bank unbalance 51C 8 Restricted earth fault 64REF 2 2 2 2 2 Two winding transformer 87T 1 1 1 differential Machine differential 87M 1 1 Directional phase overcurrent 67 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Directional earth fault 1 67N 67NC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Directional active overpower 32P 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Directional reactive overpower 32Q 1 1 1 1 1 1 Directional active underpower 37P 2 2 Phase undercurrent 37 1 1 1 Excessive starting time locked 48 51LR 1 1 1 rotor Starts per hour 66 1 1 1 Field loss underimpedan
224. r setting Logipam editor Logipam settings and operation ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Software SFT2885 programming software Logipam Characteristics Program structure A ladder language program is made up of a series of rungs executed sequentially m maximum 1000 lines with 9 contacts and 1 coil maximum per line m with a maximum total number of 5000 contacts and coils Comments may be made for each line Sections The program can be broken down into sections and subsections to clarify the structure and facilitate reading It is possible to set up three levels of sections Comments may be added for each section Execution of each section can be subjected to conditions Variable editor Each variable is defined by an invariable identifier and can be linked to a name ora comment The programmer can decide to work directly with the identifiers or with the linked names The list of the variables used and the cross references may be consulted during programming PE50257 Graphic elements in the ladder language The graphic elements are the instructions in the ladder language m NO and NC contacts m rising and falling edge detection contacts m direct or negated coils m set and reset coils
225. r 5 A current transformer Schneider Electric offers a range of current transformers to measure primary currents from 50 A to 2500 A Consult us for more information 058731N 058733N Sizing of current transformers Current transformers are sized so as not to be saturated by the current values they are required to measure accurately minimum 5 In ARJAI ARJP3 For overcurrent protection functions m with DT tripping curve the saturation current must be 1 5 times greater than the setting m with IDMT tripping curve the saturation current must be 1 5 times greater than the highest working value on the curve Practical solution when there is no information on the settings Rated secondary Accuracy Accuracy CT secondary Wiring current in burden class resistance Ror resistance R 1A 2 5 VA 5P 20 lt 3Q lt 0 075 Q 5A 7 5 VA 5P 20 lt 0 20 lt 0 075 Q For earth fault protection functions Transformer and transformer machine unit differential protection ANSI 87T The phase current transformer primary currents must comply with the following rule 0 1 lt In lt 2 5 S for winding 1 v3U n1 v3U ni S 0 1 lt l n lt 2 5 s for winding 2 SINSA Ec i V3Un2 v3 U n2 S is the transformer rated power In and I n are the phase CT primary currents of winding 1 and 2 respectively Un1 and Un2 are the voltages of windings 1 and 2 respectively If the transformer peak inrush current finrush is less than 6 7
226. r step 2 closed n Free Capacitor step 3 open n Free Capacitor step 3 closed n Free Capacitor step 4 open n Free Capacitor step 4 closed n Free Step 1 opening order n Free Step 2 opening order n Free Step 3 opening order n Free Step 4 opening order n Free Step 1 closing order n Free Step 2 closing order n Free Step 3 closing order n Free Step 4 closing order n Free Step 1 external trip n Free Step 2 external trip L Free Step 3 external trip n Free Step 4 external trip n Free Capacitor step 1 VAR control n Free Capacitor step 2 VAR control n Free Capacitor step 3 VAR control n Free Capacitor step 4 VAR control n Free External capacitor step control inhibit n Free Manual capacitor step control n Free Automatic capacitor step control n Free Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Remote modules Selection guide and connection Selection guide 4 remote modules are proposed as options to enhance the Sepam base unit functions m the number and type of remote modules compatible with the base unit depend on the Sepam application m the DSM303 remote advanced UMI module is only compatible with base units that do not have integrated advanced UMIs S2x B2x T2x M2x S4x T4x M4x G4x S8x B8x T8x G8x M8x C8x MET148 2 Temperature sensor module See page 149 0 1 0 2 0 2 2 MSA141 Analog output modu
227. r temperature rise The thermal capacity used calculations may be used to calculate predictive data for process control assistance The protection may be inhibited by a logic input when required by process control conditions Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m 1 adjustable alarm set point m 1 adjustable tripping set point m adjustable initial thermal capacity used setting to adapt protection characteristics to fit manufacturer s thermal withstand curves m equipment heating and cooling time constants With Sepam series 40 the cooling time constant may be calculated automatically based on measurement of the equipment temperature by a sensor Oogoocodgs Recloser ANSI 79 Automation device used to limit down time after tripping due to transient or semi permanent faults on overhead lines The recloser orders automatic reclosing of the breaking device after the time delay required to restore the insulation has elapsed Recloser operation is easy to adapt for different operating modes by parameter setting Characteristics m 1 to 4 reclosing cycles each cycle has an adjustable dead time m adjustable independent reclaim time and safety time until recloser ready time delays m cycle activation linked to instantaneous or time delayed short circuit protection function ANSI 50 51 50N 51N 67 67N 67NC outputs by parameter setting inhibition locking out of recloser by logic input ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way Sou
228. r type Multimode glass Wavelength 820 nm infra red Type of connector ST BFOC bayonet fiber optic connector Fiber optic Numerical Maximum Minimum optical Maximum diameter um aperture attenuation power available length of NA dBm km dBm fiber m 50 125 0 2 2 7 5 6 700 62 5 125 0 275 3 2 9 4 1800 100 140 0 3 4 14 9 2800 200 HCS 0 37 6 19 2 2600 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven PE50029 DE51661 Communication interfaces ACE949 2 2 wire RS 485 network connection interface 1 70 mm with CCA612 cord connected ACE949 2 Power supply Ls L V V B B IA A IV IV 2 wire Power supply RS 485 12 or B network 24 V DC ACE949 2 2 wire RS 485 network interface Function The ACE949 2 interface performs 2 functions m electrical interface between Sepam and a 2 wire RS 485 communication network m main network cable branching box for the connection of a Sepam with a CCA612 cord Characteristics Weight Assembly Operating temperature Environmental characteristics 0 1 kg On symmetrical DIN rail 25 C to 70 C Same characteristics as Sepam base units Standard EIA 2 wire RS 485 differential Distributed power supply External 12 V DC or 24 V DC 10 Consumption 16 MA in receiving mode
229. ral Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection table Sepam series 40 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Protection ANSI code S40 S41 S42 T40 T42 M41 G40 Phase overcurrent 50 51 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Voltage restrained overcurrent 50V 51V 1 Earth fault Sensitive earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Negative sequence unbalance 46 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Directional phase overcurrent 67 2 2 Directional earth fault 67N 67NC 2 2 2 2 Directional active overpower 32P 1 1 1 Directional reactive overpower 320 40 1 1 Thermal overload 49RMS 2 2 2 2 Phase undercurrent 37 1 Excessive starting time locked rotor 48 51LR 14 1 Starts per hour 66 1 Positive sequence undervoltage 27D 2 Remanent undervoltage 27R 1 Undervoltage 3 27 27S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Overvoltage 3 59 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Neutral voltage displacement 59N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Negative sequence overvoltage 47 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Overfrequency 81H 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Underfrequency 81L 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Recloser 4 cycles 79 o o o Temperature monitoring 8 or 16 RTDs 38 49T o o o o Thermostat Buchholz 26 63 o o Metering Phase current 11 12 13 RMS residual current 10 n a n n L LI Demand current 11 12 13 peak demand current IM1 IM2 IM3 n a n n a n a Voltage U21 U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 residual voltage VO
230. rbt t ain a gt Number of user messages 30 100 m a a 4 i Editing of personalized mimic diagram n tn sei i Assistance in commissioning and operating the installation Display of all the Sepam measurement data u n n un n Display of switchgear diagnosis assistance n n n data Display of machine operating assistance data n n n Display of time tagged alarm messages u n n n Tripping context n n n Retrieval of disturbance recording files n n n SFT2841 protection settings Display of Logipam variables H n n Display of logic input output status n n un n Output testing n n n di wep Dii de Feto sae ae GS 5 Sepam diagnosis u u u PE50276 1 Except for logic equations and personalized messages a srar ma SFT2841 Sepam diagnosis Software SFT2841 setting and operating software SFT2841 connection to Sepam SFT2841 connection to the front panel of a Sepam Connection of the PC RS232 serial port to the communication port on the front panel of Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 or Sepam series 80 using the CCA783 cord Sepam series 80 DE52069 CCA783 SFT2841 connection to a set of Sepam relays The SFT2841 can be connected to a set of Sepam relays themselves connected to a E LAN communication network in one of the three architectures presented below These connections do not require any further software development work m
231. re DZ5CE025D for 1 x 2 5 mm wire AZ5DE010D for 2 x 1 mm wires o tube length 8 2 mm O stripped length 8 mm 6 35 mm ring lugs CCA622 m 6 35 mm ring or spade lugs 1 4 m maximum wire cross section of 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 m stripped length 6 mm m use an appropriate tool to crimp the lugs on the wires m maximum of 2 ring or spade lugs per terminal m tightening torque 0 7 to 1 Nm 4 mm ring lugs CCA630 for connection of 1 A 1 5 to 6 mm AWG 16 10 or5ACTs Screw type CCT640 VT wiring same as wiring for the CCA620 Earthing connection by 4 mm ring lug Cd Cd Green RJ45 plug CCA612 D Black RJ45 plug CCA770 L 0 6m CCA772 L 2m CCA774 L 4m CCA785 for MCS025 module L 2 m 2 E Ring lug Earthing braid to be connected to cubicle grounding m flat copper braid with cross section 2 9 mm Functional earth m maximum length 300 mm ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Base unit Sepam series 80 Sepam C86 L1 2L2 8 3 ie ecim 8 eT eee ae lt vosel g N i 05 AN I 04 L EE 11 03 10 7 8 02 Lesa 7 5 Ones Lr d bi O Functional earth CSH30 Sepam CSH30 link less than 2 meters long 1 ACT 2 turns 2 ACT 1 turn 5ACT 4 turns Conn
232. re inside equipment fitted with sensors m transformer protection of primary and secondary windings m motor and generator protection of stator windings and bearings Characteristics m 16 Pt100 NI100 or Ni120 type RTDs m 2 adjustable independent set points for each RTD alarm and trip ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Sepam series 80 Voltage protection functions ANSI 24 Overfluxing V Hz Protection which detects overfluxing of transformer or generator magnetic circuits by calculating the ratio between the greatest phase to neutral or phase to phase voltage divided by the frequency Characteristics m machine coupling to be set up m definite time DT or IDMT time delays choice of 3 curves ANSI 27D Positive sequence undervoltage Protection of motors against faulty operation due to insufficient or unbalanced network voltage and detection of reverse rotation direction ANSI 27R Remanent undervoltage Protection used to check that remanent voltage sustained by rotating machines has been cleared before allowing the busbar supplying the machines to be re energized to avoid electrical and mechanical transients ANSI 27 Undervoltage Protection of motors against voltage sags or detection of abnormally low network voltage to trigger automatic load shedding or source transfer Works with phase to p
233. rent 1 as a 0 10 mA analog output with a dynamic range of 0 to 300 A is O minimum value 0 o maximum value 3000 m a single module for each Sepam base unit to be connected by one of the CCA770 CCA772 or CCA774 cords 0 6 2 or 4 meters The analog output may also be remotely managed via the Modbus communication network Characteristics Weight Assembly Operating temperature Environmental characteristics 0 2 kg On symmetrical DIN rail 25 C to 70 C Same characteristics as Sepam base units Current 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 10 mA Scaling no data input checking Minimum value Maximum value lt 600 Q wiring included 0 5 Load impedance Accuracy 0 1 A 1V Phase and residual currents Phase to neutral and phase to phase voltages Frequency 0 01 Hz n Thermal capacity used 1 n Temperatures 1 C n Active power 0 1 kW n Reactive power 0 1 KVAR n Apparent power 0 1 kVA n Power factor 0 01 n Remote setting via communication link n Description and dimensions A Terminal block for analog output a RJ45 connector to connect the module to the base unit with a CCA77x cord RJ45 connector to link up the next remote module with a CCA77x cord according to application Grounding earthing terminal 1 Jumper for impedance matching with load resistor Rc to be set to m D if the module is not the last interlinked module default po
234. rent connector CCA671 59702 VT voltage connector CCT640 59632 MES modules Connectors for 2 MES114 and 2 MES120 Kit 2640 59676 With mimic based UMI SEP888 59705 With advanced UMI SEP383 59704 Without UMI SEP080 59703 12 spring clips XBTZ3002 Note the base units are supplied without connectors and without memory cartridges Application Type Working language Logipam 59709 59710 59711 Substation S80 59729 Fj EN FR ff EN SP E O S81 59730 EN FR EN SP F l s82 59731 ENFR EN SP fj E S84 59732 I EN FR fj ENSP E Transformer T81 59733 I EN FR ENSP H T82 59734 I EN FR fj ENSP T87 59735 Fj EN FR ff EN SP E O Motor M81 59736 EN FR ENSP O M87 59737 ENFR ENSP O M88 59738 ENFR ENSP O Generator G82 59739 ENFR ENSP O G87 59741 ENFR ENSP o G88 59742 EN FR ff EN SP E H Busbar B80 59743 ENFR EN SP H B83 59744 7 EN FR E EN SP F O Capacitor C86 59745 D ENFR ENSP H ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com
235. ring CT CSH30 59634 T 10 inputs 4 outputs 110 125 V DC V AC MES114E 59651 T Core balance CT interface ACE990 59672 1 10 inputs 4 outputs 220 250 V DC V AC MES114F 59652 T Note only one core balance CT can be added Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Note the Sepam base unit has 4 outputs only one input output module can be added Remote modules Connection cord 8 temperature sensor MET148 2 59641 L 0 6m CCA770 59660 module L 2m CCA772 59661 L 4m CCA774 59662 Note the MET148 2 can be used only with applications T M and G Maximum of 2 modules per application Analog output module MSA141 59647 L 0 6m CCA770 59660 7 L 2m CCA772 59661 F L 4m CCA774 59662 N Note the MSA141 can be used with all the applications Communication interfaces Modbus interfaces Connection cord 2 wire RS 485 interface ACE949 2 59642 7 CCA612 59663 T 4 wire RS 485 interface ACE959 59643 7 CCA612 59663 T Fiber optic interface ACE937 59644 7 CCA612 59663 T Multi protocol interfaces Modbus DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 2 wire RS 485 interface ACE969TP 59720 T CCA612 59663 T Fiber optic interface ACE969FO 59721 CCA612 59663 T Note only one interface per application Order form Sepam series 80 Ready to use configuration Number of ident
236. ristic with fixed slope and adjustable low set point m tripping restraint according to percentage characteristic activated by detection of D external fault or machine starting O sensor saturation or disconnection o transformer energizing harmonic 2 restraint Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Protection Sepam series 80 Description Directional current protection ANSI 67 Directional phase overcurrent Phase to phase short circuit protection with selective tripping according to fault current direction It comprises a phase overcurrent function associated with direction detection and picks up if the phase overcurrent function in the chosen direction line or busbar is activated for at least one of the 3 phases Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m choice of tripping direction m definite time DT IDMT choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves or customized curve m with voltage memory to make the protection insensitive to loss of polarization voltage at the time of the fault m with or without timer hold ANSI 67N 67NC Directional earth fault Earth fault protection with selective tripping according to fault current direction 2 types of operation m type 1 projection m type 2 according to the magnitude of the residual current phasor DES51841 ANSI 6
237. rmal capacity used n n n n L n n n n n n Remaining operating time before overload tripping a n n n n L n n n n Waiting time after overload tripping n n n n n L L n n n n n n Running hours counter operating time n n n n n n n n n n Starting current and time n n Start inhibit time n n n Number of starts before inhibition n n n Unbalance ratio negative sequence current l i n n n n n Differential current Idiff1 Idiff2 Idiff3 n a Through current It1 It2 It3 a a n a a Current phase displacement 8 n n n n Apparent positive sequence impedance Zd n n n n n n n n n n n n n n a Apparent phase to phase impedances Z21 Z32 Z13 n n n L n n n n n n L n n n Third harmonic voltage neutral point or residual n L n Difference in amplitude frequency and phase of O o Oo o D O o D O o m m voltages compared for synchro check 4 Capacitor unbalance current and capacitance n CT VT supervision 60 60FL L n n n n L n n n n L L n n n Trip circuit supervision 2 74 O o o o D o o O o O o O O o O O Auxiliary power supply monitoring n n n n n n n n a a n n L Cumulative breaking current n n m n n n n n n n n n n n n Number of operations operating time charging time O o o o D O o O o o o O O o o O number of racking out operations 2 Measurement readout 4 Remote indication and time tagging of events 4 Remote control orders 9 Remote protection setting 9 Transfer of disturbance recording data
238. rmat m tripping contexts m Out of sync context Identification of Sepam The identification function enables the supervisor to clearly identify the device connected to the S LAN based on the following elements of information m manufacturer identification m Sepam type This function is available for all Sepam relays whatever the protocol used Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 and Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Introduction 4 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 44 Selection table Sepam series 20 44 Selection table Sepam series 40 45 Sensor inputs 46 General settings 47 Metering and diagnosis 48 Description 48 Characteristics 51 Protection 52 Description 52 Main characteristics 56 Setting ranges 57 Control and monitoring 60 Description 60 Description of predefined functions 61 Adaptation of predefined functions using the SFT2841 software 63 Characteristics 64 Base unit 64 Presentation 64 Dimensions 67 Description 68 Technical characteristics 70 Environmental characteristics 71 Connection diagrams 72 Base unit 72 Sepam series 20 72 Sepam series 40 73 Phase current inputs 74 Residual current inputs 75 Voltage inputs 76 Sep
239. rotection functions According to the connected sensors all current and voltage information can be selected for display in vector form ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Functions Metering and diagnosis Sepam series 80 Description Network diagnosis assistance Sepam provides network power quality metering functions and all the data on network disturbances detected by Sepam are recorded for analysis purposes Tripping context Storage of tripping currents and 10 li U21 U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 VO Vi Vd F P Q Idiff It and Vnt values when tripping occurs The values for the last five trips are stored Tripping current Storage of the 3 phase currents and earth fault current at the time of the last Sepam trip order to indicate fault current The values are stored in the tripping contexts Number of trips 2 trip counters m number of phase fault trips incremented by each trip triggered by ANSI 50 51 50V 51V and 67 protection functions m number of earth fault trips incremented by each trip triggered by ANSI 50N 51 and 67N 67NC protection functions Negative sequence unbalance Negative sequence component of phase currents 11 12 and 13 and I 1 I 2 and l 3 indicating the degree of unbalance in the power supplied to the protected equipment Total harmonic distortion Two THD values calculated to assess network pow
240. rpose the difference being the position of the LPCT sensor plugs m CCA670 lateral plugs for Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 m CCA671 radial plugs for Sepam series 80 Description 1 3 RJ 45 plugs to connect the LPCT sensors 2 3 blocks of microswitches to set the CCA670 CCA671 to the rated phase current value 3 Microswitch setting selected rated current equivalency table 2 In values per setting 4 9 pin sub D connector to connect test equipment ACE917 for direct connector or via CCA613 Rating of CCA670 CCA671 connectors The CCA670 CCA671 connector must be rated according to the rated primary current In measured by the LPCT sensors In is the value of the current corresponding to the rated secondary voltage 22 5 mV The possible settings for In are in A 25 50 100 125 133 200 250 320 400 500 630 666 1000 1600 2000 3150 The selected In value should be m entered as a Sepam general setting m configured by microswitch on the CCA670 CCA671 connector Instructions m use a screwdriver to remove the shield located in the LPCT settings zone the shield protects 3 blocks of 8 microswitches marked L1 L2 L3 m onthe L1 block set the microswitch for the selected rated current to 1 2 In values per microswitch D the table of equivalencies between the microswitch settings and the selected rated current In is printed on the connector o leave the 7 other microswitches set to 0 m set the other 2 bloc
241. s Phase voltage sensor parameter setting 3V Residual voltage sensor parameter setting 3V sum Voltages measured V1 V2 V3 Values calculated U21 U32 U13 VO Vd f Measurements unavailable None Protection functions unavailable None according to type of Sepam Phase voltage sensor parameter setting 3V Residual voltage sensor parameter setting External VT Voltages measured V1 V2 V3 VO Values calculated U21 U32 U13 Vd f Measurements unavailable None Protection functions unavailable None according to type of Sepam Phase voltage sensor parameter setting U21 U32 Residual voltage sensor parameter setting None Voltages measured U21 U32 Values calculated U13 Vd f Measurements unavailable V1 V2 V3 VO Protection functions unavailable 59N 27S according to type of Sepam Phase voltage sensor parameter setting U21 Residual voltage sensor parameter setting External VT Voltages measured U21 VO Values calculated f Measurements unavailable U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 Vd Protection functions unavailable 47 27D 27S according to type of Sepam Phase voltage sensor parameter setting U21 Residual voltage sensor parameter setting None Voltages measured U21 Values calculated f Measurements unavailable U32 U13 V1 V2 V3 VO Vd Protection functions unavailable 47 27D 59N 27S according to type of Sepam DE51836 DE51837 DE51839 DE51840 Connection diagrams
242. s co ordination between the operating Likewise inte rp roduct ElectroM agnetic Com pati bi lty E M C 3 characteristics of serial connected circuit breakers Should a guaranteed lt fault occurs downstream only the circuit breaker placed immediately upstream from the fault will trip Mechanical consistency Each product adopts dimensional standards simplifying and optimising its use within the system It shares the same accessories and auxiliaries and complies with global ergonomic choices utilisation mode operating mode setting and configuration devices tools etc making its installation and operation within the system a simpler process Prefabricated and tested solutions upstream and downstream from the device complying with the IEC 60439 1 switchboard Standard Tuner Communication consistency Ready Thanks to the use of standard Web technologies you can offer Each product complies with global choices in terms of j i your customers intelligent Merlin Gerin switchboards allowing communication protocols Modbus Ethernet etc for simplified easy access to information follow up of currents voltages s powers consumption history etc oe in the management supervision and monitoring systems Guiding Tools for more efficient design and implementation of your installations Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e svevo
243. s corresponding to the selected devices to the server The WPG tool can set up HTML pages for the following devices m Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 and Sepam 2000 m Masterpact equipped with Micrologic A P and H control units m Power Meter PM500 PM700 and PM800 m Circuit Monitor Series 2000 3000 and 4000 The WPG tool is PC software that can be used in three languages French Spanish and English To obtain WPG contact your Schneider Electric representative HTML pages Following transfer the EGX400 contains HTML pages that can be used to remotely monitor equipment under secure conditions m 15 service level based on the summary pages m 2 4 service level based on specific pages for each type of device Summary pages Five summary pages are available for overall monitoring of the switchboard They present the main measurements recorded by the devices connected to the server Page 1 3 phase average rms current active power power factor circuit breaker position Page 2 rms current per phase Page 3 demand current per phase Page 4 demand power peak power time stamping data Page 5 active power reactive power date and time of last reset of energy meters Specific pages for each device A number of specific pages present detailed information on each device for in depth analysis e g operating information instantaneous current per phase demand current per phase active and reactive
244. s test 2 IEC 60068 2 60 21 days 75 RH 25 C 0 5 ppm HyS 1 ppm SO Influence of corrosion Gas test 4 IEC 60068 2 60 21 days 75 RH 25 C 0 01 ppm HyS 0 2 ppm SO 0 2 ppm NO 0 01 ppm Cl In storage 3 Temperature variation with specified variation rate IEC 60068 2 14 Nb 25 C to 70 C 5 C min Exposure to cold IEC 60068 2 1 Ab 25 C Exposure to dry heat IEC 60068 2 2 Bb 70 C Continuous exposure to damp heat IEC 60068 2 78 Cab 56 days 93 RH 40 C IEC 60068 2 30 Db 6 days 95 RH 55 C Enclosure safety tests Front panel tightness IEC 60529 IP52 Other panels IP20 NEMA Type 12 Fire withstand Electrical safety tests IEC 60695 2 11 650 C with glow wire 1 2 50 us impulse wave IEC 60255 5 5 kv Power frequency dielectric withstand IEC 60255 5 2 kV 1 min ANSI C37 90 1 kV 1 min indication output 1 5 kV 1 min control output EN 50263 harmonized standard European directives m 89 336 EECElectromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive o 92 31 EECAmendment n 93 68 EECAmendment m 73 23 EECLow Voltage Directive n 93 68 EECAmendment UL fies UL508 CSA C22 2 no 14 95 File E212533 CSA CSA C22 2 no 14 95 no 94 M91 no 0 17 00 File 210625 1 Except for communication 3 kV in common mode and 1 kV in differential mode 2 Except for communication 1 kVrms 3 Sepam must be stored in its original packing Courtesy of Steven
245. se to neutral voltages voltage transformers with one insulated MV terminal m to measure phase to phase voltages voltage transformers with two insulated MV terminals m with or without integrated protection fuses 058734N 058735N A Consult us for more information VRQ3 without fuses VRQ3 with fuses Connection The voltage transformers connect to Sepam m directly for Sepam series 40 and Sepam series 80 m or via the CCT640 connector for Sepam B21 B22 and the additional voltage inputs for Sepam B83 The table below presents the different connection possibilities for voltage transformers to Sepam Sepam Sepam Sepam B21 and B22 series 40 series 80 Number of voltage 4 3 4 main 4 additional inputs Intermediate CCT640 CCT640 connector Sepam connector B E E B2 1 Sepam B83 only m when voltage transformers are connected directly to the E connector on Sepam four transformers built into the Sepam base unit ensure matching and isolation between the VTs and the Sepam input circuits When voltage transformers are connected via the CCT640 connector the four transformers for matching and isolation between the VTs and the Sepam input circuits are contained in the CCT640 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sensors 1A 5 A current transformers Function Sepam may be connected to any standard 1 A o
246. sed by m excessive motor starting time due to overloads e g conveyor or insufficient supply voltage The reacceleration of a motor that is not shut down indicated by a logic input may be considered as starting m locked rotor due to motor load e g crusher D in normal operation after a normal start o directly upon starting before the detection of excessive starting time with detection of locked rotor by a zero speed detector connected to a logic input or by the underspeed function ANSI 66 Starts per hour Protection against motor overheating caused by m too frequent starts motor energizing is inhibited when the maximum allowable number of starts is reached after counting of o starts per hour or adjustable period O consecutive motor hot or cold starts reacceleration of a motor that is not shut down indicated by a logic input may be counted as a start m starts too close together in time motor re energizing after a shutdown is only allowed after an adjustable waiting time ANSI 40 Field loss underimpedance Protection of synchronous machines against field loss based on the calculation of positive sequence impedance on the machine terminals or transformer terminals in the case of transformer machine units Characteristics m 2 circular characteristics defined by reactances Xa Xb and Xc x A R p Xa Xc 2 circular tripping characteristics of ANSI 40 protection m tripping when the machine
247. sed to check that remanent voltage sustained by rotating machines has been cleared before allowing the busbar supplying the machines to be re energized to avoid electrical and mechanical transients ANSI 27 Undervoltage Protection of motors against voltage sags or detection of abnormally low network voltage to trigger automatic load shedding or source transfer Works with phase to phase voltage Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 or phase to neutral voltage Sepem series 40 only each voltage being monitored separately ANSI 59 Overvoltage Detection of abnormally high network voltage or checking for sufficient voltage to enable source transfer Works with phase to phase or phase to neutral voltage each voltage being monitored separately ANSI 59N Neutral voltage displacement Detection of insulation faults by measuring residual voltage in isolated neutral systems ANSI 47 Negative sequence overvoltage Protection against phase unbalance resulting from phase inversion unbalanced supply or distant fault detected by the measurement of negative sequence voltage Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Protection Description Frequency protection functions ANSI 81H Overfrequency Detection of abnormally high frequency compared to the rated frequency to monitor power supply quality ANSI 81L Underfrequency Det
248. sition m Rc if the module is the last interlinked module Connection Earthing terminal connection By tinned copper braid or cable fitted with a 4 mm ring lug Ensure correct tightening maximum tightening torque is 2 2 Nm Connection of analog output to screw type connector m 1 wire with cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 m or 2 wires with cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 Wiring precautions m itis preferable to use shielded cables m use tinned copper braid to connect the shielding at least at the MSA141 end Remote modules PE50127 DSM303 remote advanced UMI module 12 4 _ HR 11 165A rus l a 12 166A rms aa 117 8 13 167A ams NS Colella 152 Green LED Sepam on Red LED steadily on module unavailable flashing Sepam link unavailable 9 yellow indicator LEDs Graphical LCD screen Display of measurements Display of switchgear network and machine diagnosis data Display of alarm messages Sepam reset or confirm data entry Alarm acknowledement and clearing or move cursor up 10 LED test or move cursor down 11 Access to protection settings 12 Access to Sepam parameters 13 Entry of 2 passwords 14 PC RS 232 connection port DE51652 N Our w DSM303 MT10151 DE50055 DSM303 Remote advanced UMI module Function When associated with a Sepam that does not have its own advanced user mac
249. software that can be used to convert Logipam programs developed for Sepam 2000 Minimum configuration required Processor PC compatible Pentium 133 MHz Operating systems Microsoft Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 XP RAM 64 MB 32 MB for Windows 98 Space on disk 100 MB Processor PC compatible Pentium 400 MHz Operating systems Microsoft Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 XP RAM 64 MB Space on disk 20 MB Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Software SFT2841 setting and operating software Function The SFT2841 software is the setting and operating tool for Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 and Sepam series 80 It may be used m prior to commissioning and without connection to Sepam to prepare Sepam protection and parameter settings m during commissioning on a PC connected point to point to the front panel Sepam o to load unload and modify Sepam protection and parameter settings o to obtain all measurements and useful information during commissioning m during operation on a PC connected to a set of Sepam relays via an E LAN multipoint communication network o to manage the protection system o to monitor the status of the electrical network o to run diagnostics on any incidents affecting the electrical network Preparation of Sepam parameter and protection settings in ee ie S camper en c c dea unconnected
250. sy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Description of predefined functions Genset shutdown Shutdown of the driving machine tripping of the breaking device and interruption of the generator excitation supply in case of m detection of an internal generator fault m receipt of a genset shutdown order on a logic input or via the communication link Control of capacitor banks This function controls 1 to 4 switches for capacitor steps taking into account all the closing and tripping conditions determined by the ANSI 94 69 function for control of the switchgear Manual or automatic control controlled by an external reactive energy regulator ANSI 68 Logic discrimination This function provides m perfect tripping discrimination with phase to phase and phase to earth short circuits on all types of network m faster tripping of the breakers closest to the source solving the drawback of conventional time discrimination Each Sepam is capable of m sending a blocking input when a fault is detected by the phase overcurrent and earth fault protection functions which may or may not be directional ANSI 50 51 50N 51N 67 or 67N 67NC m and receiving blocking inputs which inhibit protection tripping A saving mechanism ensures continued operation of the protection in the event of a blocking link f
251. t Main channels Phase voltage input connection variants DE51796 Ln Mani sez Measurement of the 3 phase to neutral voltages allows This variant does not allow the calculation of residual voltage the calculation of residual voltage VOX elx ets a6 66 4 5 7 8 1 1 0 1 This variant does not allow the calculation of residual This variant does not allow the calculation of residual voltage voltage Residual voltage input connection variants Connection diagrams Phase voltage inputs Sepam series 80 Residual voltage input Additional channels for Sepam B83 Additional phase voltage input connection variants CCT640 DE51801 Measurement of the 3 phase to neutral voltages allows This variant does not allow the calculation of residual voltage the calculation of residual voltage V 0X CCT640 DE51803 DE51804 This variant does not allow the calculation of residual This variant does not allow the calculation of residual voltage voltage Additional residual voltage input connection CCT640 DE51805 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Phase voltage inputs Sepam series 80 Additional channel for Sepam B80 Connection to measure one additional voltage TT DE51899 or
252. t synchro check m control of the coupling circuit breaker optional m selection of the normal operating mode m the necessary logic to ensure that at the end of the sequence only 1 circuit breaker out of 2 or 2 out of 3 are closed The function is distributed between the two Sepam units protecting the two incomers The synchro check function ANSI 25 is carried out by the optional MCS025 module in conjunction with one of the two Sepam units Load shedding Automatic restart Automatic load regulation on electrical networks by load shedding followed by automatic restarting of motors connected to the network Load shedding The breaking device opens to stop motors in case of m detection of a network voltage sag by the positive sequence undervoltage protection function ANSI 27D m receipt of a load shedding order on a logic input Automatic restart The motors disconnected as a result of the network voltage sag are automatically restarted m after the return of network voltage is detected by the positive sequence undervoltage protection function ANSI 27D m and a time delay has run out so as to stagger motor restarts De excitation Interruption of a synchronous generator s excitation supply and tripping of the generator breaking device in case of m detection of an internal generator fault m detection of an excitation system fault m receipt of a de excitation order on a logic input or via the communication link Courte
253. t S82 T82 G82 and phase overcurrent disconnection by S84 rate of change of frequency current voltage and transformer and T87 M88 G88 frequency protection transformer machine unit differential machine differential M87 G87 Page 79 current voltage and voltage and B83 frequency protection frequency protection for two sets of busbars current voltage and capacitor bank C86 frequency protection unbalance Page 14 Page 16 Page 18 Page 24 Page 28 Page 32 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Substation applications applications Feeder protection Protection functions ANSI code 20 B22 S40 S41 42 S80 S81 S82 S84 Phase overcurrent 1 50 51 4 4 4 8 8 8 Earth fault 50N 51N 4 4 4 8 8 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF 1 Negative sequence unbalance 46 2 Thermal overload for cables Directional phase overcurrent Directional earth fault 1 Directional active overpower Directional active underpower r Positive sequence undervoltage Remanent undervoltage Undervoltage L L or L N Overvoltage L L or L N Neutral voltage displacement Negative sequence overvoltage Overfrequency Underfrequency Rate of change of frequency Recloser 4 cycles 2 Synchro check 3 7 2 2 2 1 2 I KIINI TUTTO T DO O N A N N N A HY
254. t protection for generators The current tripping set point is voltage adjusted in order to be sensitive to faults close to the generator which cause voltage drops and lowers the short circuit current Characteristics m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m definite time DT or IDMT curve choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves m with or without timer hold ANSI 26 63 Thermostat Buchholz Protection of transformers against temperature rise and internal faults via logic inputs linked to devices integrated in the transformer ANSI 38 49T Temperature monitoring Protection that detects abnormal temperature build up by measuring the temperature inside equipment fitted with sensors m transformer protection of primary and secondary windings m motor and generator protection of stator windings and bearings Characteristics m Sepam series 20 8 Pt100 NI100 or Ni120 type RTDs m Sepam series 40 16 Pt100 NI100 or Ni120 type RTDs m 2 adjustable independent set points for each RTD alarm and trip ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Voltage protection functions ANSI 27D Positive sequence undervoltage Protection of motors against faulty operation due to insufficient or unbalanced network voltage and detection of reverse rotation direction ANSI 27R Remanent undervoltage Protection u
255. terposing ring CT connected to 1 A CT make 2 turns through CSH primary m CSH30 interposing ring CT connected to 5 A CT make 4 turns through CSH primary m with Sepam series 40 the sensitivity can be multiplied by 10 by parameter setting of In0 In 10 DE52067 Setting range from 0 1 In to 15 In or 0 01 In to 1 5 In Sepam series 40 with In CT primary current 1ATC 2 turns 5 ATC 4 turns DE52068 1ATC 2 turns 5 ATC 4 turns The ACE990 is used as an interface between a MV core balance CT with a ratio of ACE990 1 n 50 lt n 1500 and the Sepam residual current input This arrangement allows the continued use of existing core balance CTs on the installation DE51830 Setting range from 0 1 InO to 15 InO with InO k n where n n number of core balance CT turns and k factor to be determined according to ACE990 wiring and setting range used by Sepam with a choice of 20 discrete values from 0 00578 to 0 26316 Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Voltage inputs Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 The phase and residual voltage transformer secondary circuits are connected to the CCT640 connector item on Sepam B21 and B22 The CCT640 connector contains 4 transformers which perform isolation and impedance matching of the VTs and Sepam input circuit
256. tesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Generator applications applications Protection functions ANSI code G40 G82 G87 G88 Phase overcurrent 1 50 51 4 8 8 Earth fault 50N 51N 4 8 8 Sensitive earth fault 1 50G 51G Breaker failure 50BF Negative sequence unbalance 46 Thermal overload for machines 1 49RMS Restricted earth fault differential 64REF Two winding transformer 87T differential Machine differential 87M Directional phase overcurrent 1 67 Directional earth fault 1 Directional active overpower 32P Directional reactive overpower 320 40 Directional active underpower 37P 0 Field loss underimpedance 4 Loss of synchronization 78PS N NIN PO PR N Overspeed 2 set points 2 12 Underspeed 2 set points 2 14 Voltage restrained phase 50V 51V overcurrent Underimpedance 21B Inadvertent energization 50 27 Third harmonic 27TN 64G2 undervoltage 100 stator earth fault 64G Overfluxing V Hz Positive sequence undervoltage Remanent undervoltage Undervoltage L L or L N Overvoltage L L or L N Neutral voltage displacement Negative sequence overvoltage Overfrequency 81H Underfrequency Thermostat Buchholz 26 63 Temperature monitoring 38 49T 16 RTDs G 16 RTDs 16 RTDs 16 RTDs Synchro check 9 25 O O
257. th San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 IsO DE52062 vo Tripping zone Tripping characteristic of ANSI 67N 67NC type 1 protection characteristic angle 00 0 DE52063 Tripping zone Tripping characteristic of ANSI 67N 67NC type 2 protection characteristic angle 00 0 Lim 1 DE52064 Tripping zone Tripping characteristic of ANSI 67N 67NC type 3 protection Protection Description Directional current protection ANSI 67 Directional phase overcurrent Phase to phase short circuit protection with selective tripping according to fault current direction It comprises a phase overcurrent function associated with direction detection and picks up if the phase overcurrent function in the chosen direction line or busbar is activated for at least one of the 3 phases Characteristics m 2 groups of settings m instantaneous or time delayed tripping m choice of tripping direction m definite time DT or IDMT curve choice of 16 standardized IDMT curves m with voltage memory to make the protection insensitive to loss of polarization voltage at the time of the fault m with or without timer hold ANSI 67N 67NC Directional earth fault Earth fault protection with selective tripping according to fault current direction 3 types of operation m type 1 the protection function uses the projection of the 1
258. th fault protection m primary 50G 51G m neutral point 50G 51G DE51714 DE51715 T20 T20 26 26 63 63 49T 49T zF a Iwo Transformer feeder protection with voltage monitoring Sepam T40 or T81 Earth fault protection m primary 50G 51G DE51698 T40 T81 AON Owo Note for long feeders the 50G 51G function may be replaced by the 67N 67NC Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Selection guide for all Transformer applications applications Transformer feeder protection Transformer feeder protection with voltage monitoring and additional current measurement Sepam T81 Earth fault protection Earth fault protection m primary 50G 51G primary 50G 51G m tank earth leakage m secondary 50G 51G 50G 51G DE51699 DE51700 Note for long feeders the 50G 51G function may be replaced by the 67N 67NC Transformer feeder differential protection Sepam T87 Transformer differential protection 87T Earth fault protection Earth fault protection Earth fault protection primary 50G 51G m primary 50G 51G primary m secondary o 64REF o 64REF o 50G 51G D 50G 51G m secondary o 64REF o 50G 51G DE51701 DE51702 DE
259. the standard injection box m the LPCT test plug o integrated in the Sepam CCA670 CCA671 interface connector o or transferred by means of the CCA613 accessory The following are supplied with the ACE917 injection adapter m power supply cord m 3 meter cord to connect the ACE917 to the LPCT test plug on CCA670 CCA671 or CCA613 DE51676 Characteristics Power supply 115 230 V AC Protection by time delayed fuse 5 mm x 20 mm 0 25 A rating CCA613 remote test plug Function The CCA613 test plug flush mounted on the front of the cubicle is equipped with a 3 meter cord to transfer data from the test plug integrated in the CCA670 CCA671 interface connector on the rear of Sepam Description and dimensions 1 Mounting lug 2 Cord DE51677 46 Front view with cover lifted Right side view Cutout Sensors CSH120 and CSH200 Core balance CTs Function The specifically designed CSH120 and CSH200 core balance CTs are used for direct S F residual current measurement The only difference between them is the diameter 8 a p Due to their low voltage insulation they may only be used on cables 4 a Characteristics a h 4 Inner diameter 120 mm 200 mm Weight 0 6 kg 1 4 kg j Accuracy 5 to 20 C 6 max from 25 C to 70 C dia Transformation ratio 1 470 a i i Maximum permissible current 20kA 1s F h Operating temperature 25 C to 70 C CSH120 and CSH200 core
260. ther means ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Order form Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Introduction Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 Sepam serie 80 Additional modules and accessories Order form Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam series 80 Sepam accessories and spare parts f Merlin Gerin Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven 43 129 184 184 185 186 187 Order form Sepam series 20 Ready to use configuration Number of identical Sepam This order form can be used to define a complete Sepam configuration Check the configurations ordered boxes X that match your choices Base unit and UMI Application Type Sensor Base unit with advanced UMI S10UD 59607 fj Substation S20 59620 T CT or LPCT fj With lead seal accessory AMT852 59639 J Transformer T20 59621 T CT fj or LPCT 1 Can be used only with an advance UMI Motor M20 59622 T CT or LPCT f Base unit with basic UMI SIOUX 59603 Busbars B21 59624 T VTO Remote advanced UMI module DSM303 59608 H B22 59625 T PT E Connection cord L 0 6m CCA770 59660 1 59630 59631 59632 L 2m CCA772 59661 1 CCA630 CCA670 CCA640 L 4m CCA774 59662 T Mounting plate AMT840 59670 Work
261. tics Weight Assembly Operating temperature Environmental characteristics 0 2 kg On symmetrical DIN rail 25 C to 70 C Same characteristics as Sepam base units Isolation from earth Current injected in RTD 4mA Description and dimensions A Terminal block for RTDs 1 to 4 B Terminal block for RTDs 5 to 8 Ca RJ45 connector to connect the module to the base unit with a CCA77x cord RJ45 connector to link up the next remote module with a CCA77x cord according to application Grounding earthing terminal 1 Jumper for impedance matching with load resistor Rc to be set to m XK if the module is not the last interlinked module default position m Rc if the module is the last interlinked module 2 Jumper used to select module number to be set to m MET1 1st MET148 2 module to measure temperatures T1 to T8 default position m MET2 2nd MET148 2 module to measure temperatures T9 to T16 for Sepam series 40 and series 80 only Connection Connection of the earthing terminal By tinned copper braid or cable fitted with a 4 mm ring lug Ensure correct tightening maximum tightening torque is 2 2 Nm Connection of RTDs to screw type connectors m 1 wire with cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 m or 2 wires with cross section 0 2 to 1 mm gt AWG 24 16 Recommended cross sections according to distance m upto 00m 21mm AWG 16 m Upto 300m 21 5mm AWG 14 m upto 1km
262. tightness of the six screws Z that guarantee the continuity of the CT secondary circuits The connector accepts wires with cross sections of 1 5 to 6 mm2 AWG 16 to AWG 10 m the terminal 1 2 and 3 jumper is supplied with the CCA630 m close the side shields m plug the connector into the 9 pin inlet on the rear panel m tighten the 2 CCA630 connector fastening screws on the rear panel of Sepam Mt10318 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sensors PE50031 LPCT CLPI sensor DE51674 AU Pa Pa LPCT settings 258125A 10000000 50 amp 250A 01000000 100 amp 500A 00100000 133 amp 666A 00010000 200 amp 1000A 00001000 320 amp 1600A 00000400 400 amp 2000A 00000040 Q30 amp 3159A 00000004 Li L2 L3 Check plug LPCT type current sensors Function The sensors are voltage output sensors of the Low Power Current Transducer LPCT type compliant with the IEC 60044 8 standard The Merlin Gerin range of LPCTs includes the following sensors CLP1 CLP2 CLP3 TLP160 and TLP190 CCA670 CCA671 connector Function The 3 LPCT sensors are connected to the CCA670 or CCA671 connector on the rear panel of Sepam The connection of just one or two LPCT sensors is not allowed and causes Sepam to go into fail safe position The two CCA670 and CCA671 interface connectors serve the same pu
263. tion 3 kV in common mode and 1kV in differential mode 3 Except for communication 1 kVrms 4 Sepam must be stored in its original packing Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Connection diagrams Base unit Sepam series 20 Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam S20 T20 and M20 Sepam B21 and B22 L1 LI 8L2 8 L2 L3 CCA630 1 This type of connection allows the calculation of residual voltage o e a Connection Dangerous voltages may be present on the terminal screws whether the terminals are used or not To avoid all danger of electrical shock tighten all terminal screws so that they cannot be touched inadvertently a Screw type CCA620 wiring with no fittings o 1wire with max cross section 0 2 to 2 5 mm gt AWG 24 12 or 2 wires with max cross section 0 2 to 1 mm 2 AWG 24 16 O stripped length 8 to 10 mm wiring with fittings o recommended wiring with Telemecanique fittings DZ5CE015D for 1 x 1 5 mm wire DZ5CE025D for 1 x 2 5 mm wire AZ5DE010D for 2 x 1 mm wires o tube length 8 2 mm O stripped length 8 mm 6 35 mm ring lugs CCA622 m 6 35 mm ring or spade lugs 1 4 m maximum wire cross section of 0 2 to 2 5 mm 2 AWG 24 12 m stripped length 6 mm m use an appropriate tool to crimp the lugs on the wires m maximum of 2 ri
264. to a logic output LED or message via the control matrix SFT2841 logic equation editor m transmitted by the communication link as a new remote indication m utilized by the circuit breaker contactor control function to trip close or inhibit breaking device closing m usedto inhibit or reset a protection function Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Functions Control and monitoring Sepam series 80 Adaptation of predefined functions using the SFT2841 software Personalized alarm and operating messages The alarm and operating messages may be personalized using the SFT2841 software tool The new messages are added to the list of existing messages and may be assigned via the control matrix for display m on the Sepam display m in the SFT2841 Alarms and Alarm History screens Local control mimic diagram The mimic diagram editor in the SFT2841 software can be used to create a single line diagram corresponding exactly to the equipment controlled by Sepam Two procedures are available m rework a diagram taken from the library of standard diagrams in the SFT2841 software m creation of an original diagram graphic creation of the single line diagram positioning of symbols for the animated devices insertion of measurements text etc PE50492 Creation of a customized mimic diagram is made easy m library of predefined symbols
265. to an S LAN network using a two wire RS485 connection m ACE969FO Fiber Optic for connection to an S LAN network using a fiber optic connection star or ring The E LAN port is always a two wire RS485 connection PE50471 ACE969FO communication interface Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Communication interfaces ACE969TP et ACE969FO Interfaces network Characteristics Technical characteristics Weight 0 285 kg Assembly On symmetrical DIN rail Power supply 25 C to 70 C Operating temperature Same characteristics as Sepam base units Power supply Voltage 24 to 250 V DC 110 to 240 V AC Range 20 10 20 10 Maximum consumption 2W 3 VA Inrush current lt 10 A 100 us Acceptable ripple content 12 Acceptable momentary outages 20 ms Electrical interface Standard EIA 4 wire RS 485 differential Distributed power supply External 12 V DC or 24 V DC 10 Consumptionn 16 mA in receiving mode 40 mA in sending mode Max number of Sepam units 25 Maximum length of 2 wire RS 485 network Number of Sepam units With distributed power supply 12 V DC 24 V DC 5 320 m 1000 m 10 180 m 750 m 20 130 m 450 m 25 125 m 375 m Fiber optic interface Fiber type Multimode glass Wavelength 820 nm infra red Type of connector ST BFOC bayonet
266. to connect the distributed power supply module Communication interfaces ACE937 Fiber optic interface Function The ACE937 interface is used to connect Sepam to a fiber optic communication star system This remote module is connected to the Sepam base unit by a CCA612 cord PE50024 Characteristics Weight Assembly Power supply Operating temperature Environmental characteristics 0 1 kg On symmetrical DIN rail Supplied by Sepam 25 C to 70 C Same characteristics as Sepam base units ACE937 fiber optic connection interface Fiber type Multimode glass Wavelength 820 nm infra red Type of connector ST BFOC bayonet fiber optic connector Fiber optic Numerical Maximum Minimum optical Maximum diameter aperture attenuation power available length of um NA dBm km dBm fiber m 50 125 0 2 2 7 5 6 700 62 5 125 0 275 3 2 9 4 1800 100 140 0 3 4 14 9 2800 200 HCS 0 37 6 19 2 2600 Maximum length calculated with m minimum optical power available m maximum fiber attenuation m losses in 2 ST connectors 0 6 dBm m optical power margin 3 dBm according to IEC 60870 standard Example for a 62 5 125 um fiber Lmax 9 4 3 0 6 3 2 1 8 km Description and dimensions RJ45 plug to connect the interface to the base unit with a CCA612 cord DE51665 1 Activity LED flashes when communication is active sending or receiving in progress 88
267. to the appropriate range of cumulative breaking current Cumulative breaking current is given in KA Number of operations Cumulative number of opening operations performed by the breaking device Circuit breaker operating time and charging time Used to assess the condition of the breaking device operating mechanism ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Metering and diagnosis Characteristics Metering Phase current 0 1 to 40 In G 1 0 5 n Residual current Calculated 0 1 to 40 In t1 t1 n Measured 0 1 to 20 Ind 1 1 n Demand current 0 1 to 40 In 1 0 5 Peak demand current 0 1 to 40 In 1 0 5 o Phase to phase voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Unp 1 0 5 Phase to neutral voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 1 0 5 Residual voltage 0 015 to 3 Vnp 1 1 Positive sequence voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 5 2 Negative sequence voltage 0 05 to 1 2 Vnp 2 Frequency Sepam series 20 50 5 Hz or 60 5 Hz 0 05 Hz n Frequency Sepam series 40 25 to 65 Hz 0 02 Hz L Active power 0 015 Sn to 999 MW 1 n Reactive power 0 015 Sn 2 to 999 Mvar 1 n Apparent power 0 015 Sn to 999 MVA 1 un Peak demand active power 0 015 Sn to 999 MW 1 O Peak demand reactive power 0
268. tribution networks PE50478 It is made up of three series of relays with increasing performance levels m Sepam series 20 for usual applications m Sepam series 40 for demanding applications m Sepam series 80 for custom applications Sepam a consistent range of protection relays A multi functional range of digital relays Each Sepam series offers all the functions required for the intended application m effective protection of life and property m accurate measurements and detailed diagnosis integral equipment control m local or remote indications and operation Ba Integral equipment control by Sepam A Sepam solution for every application For each electrotechnical application Sepam offers the relay suited to the protection needs of your network The Sepam range covers the following applications m substations incomer or feeder type m transformers m motors m generators m busbars m capacitors PE50480 A Sepam solution for every application ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Introduction Sepam network protection for your peace of mind Schneider Electric a global offer World leader in Power amp Control The future will call increasingly on electricity with growing needs new modes of La production and new applications The world leader in electric distribution and automation am
269. ts MET148 2 module 2 O o o o 1 low level analog output MSA141 module o o o O DO o a Logic inputs outputs o o o o o O O MES114 MES114E MES114F 101 40 module Communication interface o o T o o o o ACE949 2 ACE959 ACE937 ACE969TP or ACE969FO m standard o according to parameter setting and MES114 MES114E MES114F or MET148 2 input output module options 1 For shunt trip unit or undervoltage trip unit 2 2 modules possible 3 Exclusive choice phase to neutral voltage or phase to phase voltage for each of the 2 relays Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sepam series 20 Sensor inputs Sepam series 40 Each Sepam series 20 or Sepam series 40 has analog inputs that are connected to the measurement sensors required for the application Sepam series 20 sensor inputs Sepam T20 Phase current inputs Residual current input Phase voltage inputs Residual voltage input Temperature inputs on MET148 2 module O O O 0 o oj oj oj o Sepam T20 sensor inputs Sepam series 40 sensor inputs DE51810 Phase current inputs 3 3 Residual current input 1 1 Phase voltage inputs 2 3 2 3 Residual voltage input 1 0 1 o 0 Temperature inputs 0 2x8 on MET148 2 module Sepam M41 sensor inputs ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan
270. urrent Transducer LPCT type sensors to the CCA670 connector The connection of just one or two sensors is not allowed and causes Sepam to switch to the fallback position CCA670 DE51826 The measurement of the 3 phase currents allows the calculation of residual current The In parameter primary rated current measured by an LPCT is to be chosen from the following values in Amps 25 50 100 125 133 200 250 320 400 500 630 666 1000 1600 2000 3150 Parameter to be set using the advanced UMI and the SFT2841 software tool to be completed by hardware setting of the microswitches on the CCA670 connector cr o ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Connection diagrams Residual current inputs Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Residual current is calculated by the vector sum of the 3 phase currents 11 12 and 13 measured by 3 x 1 A or 5 A CTs or by 3 LPCT type sensors See current input connection diagrams Arrangement recommended for the protection of isolated or compensated neutral systems in which very low fault currents need to be detected DE51827 Setting range from 0 1 InO to 15 In0 with InO 2 A or 20 A or 5 A with Sepam series 40 according to parameter setting The CSH30 interposing ring CT is used to connect 1 A or 5 A CTs to Sepam to measure residual current m CSH30 in
271. wer 320 40 AL 1 Field loss underimpedance 1 1 1 Phase undercurrent 1 1 1 1 1 Excessive starting time locked 1 1 1 1 1 rotor Starts per hour 1 1 1 1 1 Loss of synchronization 1 1 1 Overspeed 2 set points 2 a O O Underspeed 2 set points 2 O O O Positive sequence undervoltage 27D 2 2 2 2 Remanent undervoltage 27R 1 2 2 2 Undervoltage L L or L N 27 2 4 4 4 Overvoltage L L or L N 59 2 4 4 4 Neutral voltage displacement 59N 2 2 2 2 Negative sequence overvoltage 47 1 2 2 2 Overfrequency 81H 2 2 2 2 Underfrequency 81L 4 4 4 4 Thermostat Buchholz 26 63 o O Temperature monitoring 38 49T O o o o o 16 RTDs G 8 RTDs 16 16 16 16 RTDs RTDs RTDs RTDs The figures indicate the number of units available for each protection function m standard D options 1 Protection functions with 2 groups of settings 2 According to parameter setting and optional input output modules 3 With optional MET 148 2 temperature input modules ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Selection guide for all Motor applications applications m internal motor fault protection m power supply fault protection m driven load fault protection m RTD temperature monitoring ANSI 38 49T Motor protection without voltage monitoring Sepam M20 m direct starting m auto transformer m two way starting M20 M20 38 38 49T Z k Y
272. wire RS 485 interface ACE949 2 59642 CCA612 59663 4 wire RS 485 interface ACE959 59643 CCA612 59663 Fiber optic interface ACE937 59644 CCA612 59663 Multi protocol interfaces Modbus DNP3 or IEC 60870 5 103 2 wire RS 485 interface ACE969TP 59720 CCA612 59663 Fiber optic interface ACE969FO 59721 CCA612 59663 Note the total number of communication interfaces cannot exceed 2 ven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www stevenengineering com Order form Sepam accessories and spare parts Check the boxes X or indicate the required quantities in the appropriate spaces according to your choices Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 or MCS025 Mounting plate AMT840 59670 Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 with advanced UMI Mead seal accessory AMT852 59639 Sepam series 80 Mounting plate AMT880 59706 Blanking plate AMT820 59699 Software tools gt Sepam PC software SFT2841 and SFT2826 SFT2841 CD 59679 1 CD ROM without connection cord CCA783 PC connection cord CCA783 59664 Sepam series 20 and series 40 10 inputs 4 outputs 24 250 V DC MES114 59646 10 inputs 4 outputs 110 125 V DC V AC MES114E 59651 10 inputs 4 outputs 220 250 V DC V AC MES114F 59652 Sepam series 80
273. ww steven PE50468 Characteristics Sepam series 20 Sepam series 40 Sepam unit with integrated advanced UMI and lead sealing accessory AMT852 Base unit Presentation Hardware characteristics Auxiliary power supply Sepam series 20 and Sepam series 40 can be supplied by either of the following voltages 24 to 250 V DC m 110 to 240 V AC Four relay outputs The 4 relay outputs O1 to O4 on the base unit must be connected to connector A Each output can be assigned to a predetermined function using the SFT2841 software O1 and O2 are 2 control outputs with one NO contact used by default for the switchgear control function m O1 switchgear tripping m O2 switchgear closing inhibition O3 and O4 are 2 indication outputs m O3 has one NO contact m O4 has one NO contact and one NC contact and is used by default for the watchdog function Main connector A A choice of 2 types of removable screw lockable 20 pin connectors m CCA620 screw type connector m CCA622 ring lug connector Phase current input connector Current sensors connected to removable screw lockable connectors according to type of sensors used m CCA630 connector for 1 A or 5 A current transformers or m CCA670 connector for LPCT sensors The presence of these connectors is monitored Voltage input connector Sepam B21 and B22 Voltage sensors connected to the removable screw lockable CCT640 connector The presence of the CCT640 conn
274. x v2 x In the current transformers must be either m type 5P20 with an accuracy burden VAcy gt Rwin m or defined by a knee point voltage Vk gt Roz R 20 in If the transformer peak inrush current finrush is greater than 6 7 x v2 x In the current transformers must be either m type 5P with an accuracy limit factor gt 3 rush R in2 2 In m or defined by a knee point voltage Vk gt Rez Ry 3 and an accuracy burden VAc7 2 linrush v2 In The equations apply to the phase current transformers of windings 1 and 2 In and in are the CT rated primary and secondary currents respectively Ror is the CT internal resistance Ry is the resistance of the CT load and wiring in Machine differential ANSI 87M Current transformers must be either m type 5P20 with an accuracy burden VAc7 gt Ry in m or defined by a knee point voltage Vk gt Roz Ry 20 in The equations apply to the phase current transformers placed on either side of the machine in is the CT rated secondary current Ror is the CT internal resistance Ry is the resistance of the CT load and wiring Courtesy of Steven Engineering Inc e 230 Ryan Way South San Francisco CA 94080 6370 e General Inquiries 800 670 4183 e www steven Sensors 1A 5 A current transformers Restricted earth fault differential protection ANSI 64REF m the primary current of the neutral point current transformer used must comply with the following rule 0 1

Sepam Series 20 40 80 Network Protection

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents